TW201518822A - Liquid crystal display device, and manufacturing method therefor - Google Patents

Abstract

A liquid crystal display device which comprises a liquid crystal display element that has: a first alignment film (21) and a second alignment film (51) that are provided to opposing surface sides of a pair of substrates (20, 50); and a liquid crystal layer (70) that is disposed between the first alignment film (21) and the second alignment film (51), and contains liquid crystal molecules (71) having negative dielectric anisotropy. At least the first alignment film (21) contains a compound that has been polymerised, deformed, or crosslinked by a polymer compound having a first side chain and a second side chain. The first side chain has a crosslinkable functional group, a polymerisable functional group, or a photosensitive functional group. The second side chain has a structure inducing dielectric anisotropy, and has a structure inducing vertical alignment. Pretilt is applied to the liquid crystal molecules by the first alignment film.

Description

Liquid crystal display device and method of manufacturing same

The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display device in which a liquid crystal layer is sealed between one of the alignment films and the substrate on the opposite surface.

In recent years, liquid crystal displays (LCDs) have been frequently used as display screens for liquid crystal television receivers, notebook personal computers, car navigation devices, and the like. The liquid crystal display is classified into various display modes (modes) according to the molecular arrangement (alignment) of liquid crystal molecules contained in the liquid crystal layer sandwiched between the substrates. As the display mode, for example, a TN (Twisted Nematic) mode is known, that is, a liquid crystal molecule is twisted and aligned in a state where no voltage is applied. In the TN mode, the liquid crystal molecules have positive dielectric anisotropy, that is, the dielectric constant of the long-axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules is greater than that of the short-axis direction. Therefore, the liquid crystal molecules have a structure in which the alignment directions of the liquid crystal molecules are sequentially rotated in a plane parallel to the substrate surface, and are aligned in a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface.

On the other hand, attention has been paid to the VA (Vertical Alignment) mode in which liquid crystal molecules are vertically aligned with respect to the substrate surface in a state where no voltage is applied. In the VA mode, the liquid crystal molecules have a negative dielectric anisotropy, that is, the dielectric constant of the long-axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules is smaller than that of the short-axis direction, and a wide viewing angle can be realized compared to the TN mode.

Such a VA mode liquid crystal display is configured such that when a voltage is applied, liquid crystal molecules aligned in a direction perpendicular to the substrate are flattened to the substrate due to negative dielectric anisotropy. The direction of the line is undulating, and the light is transmitted in response to this. In addition, since the lodging direction of the liquid crystal molecules aligned in the direction perpendicular to the substrate is arbitrary, the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is disturbed by the application of a voltage, and this causes a deterioration in response characteristics to voltage.

Therefore, in order to improve the response characteristics, a technique for limiting the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules fall in response to the voltage is studied. Specifically, it is a technique of imparting pretilt (light alignment) to liquid crystal molecules by using a linearly polarized light that irradiates ultraviolet light or an alignment film formed by irradiating ultraviolet light from a direction inclined with respect to a substrate surface. Membrane Technology). As a photo-alignment film technique, for example, a technique is known in which a film containing a polymer containing a chalcone structure is irradiated with ultraviolet light in a linearly polarized light or a light is irradiated from a direction inclined with respect to a substrate surface to obtain a chalcone. The double bond portion in the structure is crosslinked to form an alignment film (see Patent Document 1 to Patent Document 3). In addition, there is a technique in which an alignment film is formed by using a mixture of a vinyl cinnamate derivative polymer and a polyimine (see Patent Document 4). In addition, a technique of irradiating a film containing a polyimine with a linearly polarized light having a wavelength of 254 nm and decomposing a part of the polyimine to form an alignment film is also known (see Patent Document 5). Further, as a peripheral technique of the photo-alignment film technology, there is also a technique of irradiating a linearly polarized light or oblique light and containing a polymer containing a dichroic photoreactive structural unit such as an azobenzene derivative. A film containing a liquid crystalline polymer compound is formed to form a liquid crystal alignment film (see Patent Document 6).

In addition, a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal display element having a pair of alignment films disposed on opposite sides of a pair of substrates, and a liquid crystal is known, according to Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2011-095696. a layer disposed between a pair of alignment films and containing liquid crystal molecules having negative dielectric anisotropy; and at least one of the pair of alignment films containing a polymer compound having a crosslinkable functional group as a side chain A compound which is crosslinked or deformed, and the liquid crystal molecules are imparted with a pretilt by utilizing a compound which undergoes crosslinking or deformation.

[Previous Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-087859

[Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-252646

[Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-082336

[Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-232400

[Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-073821

[Patent Document 6] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 11-326638

[Patent Document 7] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-095696

However, in the above-described photoalignment film technology, although the response characteristics are improved, there is a problem in that when the alignment film is formed, a device that irradiates light of linearly polarized light or a device that emits light from a direction inclined with respect to the substrate surface is required. Irradiation device. In addition, there is also a problem that in order to manufacture a liquid crystal display having a plurality of sub-pixels in a pixel and dividing the alignment of liquid crystal molecules to realize a wider viewing angle, not only a larger device but also a manufacturing step is required. It’s complicated. Specifically, in a liquid crystal display having a plurality of domains, an alignment film is formed in such a manner that pretilts of the respective sub-pixels are different. Therefore, when a liquid crystal display having a multi-domain is manufactured by using the above-described photoalignment film technology, it is necessary to separately irradiate light to each sub-pixel. Therefore, it is necessary to separately provide a mask pattern for each sub-pixel, so that the light irradiation device becomes larger. In addition, the technique disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2011-095696 can improve response characteristics. However, when a liquid crystal display device is manufactured, a voltage is applied to the pixel electrode and the counter electrode provided in the liquid crystal display device to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules, and it is urgently required to further reduce the applied voltage.

Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of easily improving response without using a large-scale manufacturing device and a method of manufacturing the same A liquid crystal display element of a characteristic, and the voltage applied when the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted can be further lowered.

A liquid crystal display device according to a first aspect, a second aspect, and a third aspect of the present invention for achieving the above object includes a liquid crystal display element having a first alignment film and a second alignment film, and the like. a liquid crystal layer disposed between the first alignment film and the second alignment film and having liquid crystal molecules having negative dielectric anisotropy; and at least the first alignment film is disposed on the opposite surface side of the pair of substrates; and the liquid crystal layer is disposed between the first alignment film and the second alignment film A compound having a first side chain and a second side chain (for convenience, referred to as "pre-alignment treatment. compound") is a compound which is crosslinked or polymerized or deformed (for convenience, it is called " After the alignment treatment, the compound ") has a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group or a photosensitive functional group, and the second side chain has a structure which induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure which induces vertical alignment. (Liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the present invention), or a range in which the second side chain is at an angle exceeding 0 degrees from the long axis direction and not exceeding 90 degrees (preferably exceeding from the long axis direction thereof) 0 degree and a range of angles below 60 degrees, more preferably from its long axis a range of angles exceeding 0 degrees and not more than 40 degrees, further preferably a range of angles exceeding 0 degrees and not more than 30 degrees from the long axis direction; the same applies hereinafter) having a dipole moment and having a structure for inducing a vertical alignment property (a liquid crystal display device according to a second aspect of the present invention), or a second side chain having the following structural formula (11) (a liquid crystal display device according to a third aspect of the present invention), liquid crystal molecules The pre-tilt is given by the first alignment film. Here, the "crosslinkable functional group" means a group capable of forming a crosslinked structure (bridge structure), and more specifically, dimerization. In addition, the "polymerizable functional group" means a functional group in which two or more functional groups are sequentially polymerized. In addition, the term "photosensitive functional group" means an absorbable energy line The basis. Examples of the energy rays include ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and electron beams. The same is true below.

Here, in the liquid crystal display device of the third aspect of the invention, (a) m and n are each independently 0 or 1, and (b) the ring R independently represents a phenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and a fluorine group. a phenyl group substituted by an atom or a chlorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, (c) a ring X represents a phenyl or a cycloalkyl group, and (d) with respect to A ₄ , a fluorine atom, The group consisting of a chlorine atom, -CN, -OCF ₃ , -OCHF ₂ , -CF ₃ , -CHF ₂ , -CH ₂ F, -OCF ₂ CHF ₂ , and -OCF ₂ CHFCF ₃ is set as the first group, and a group consisting of a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing aromatic ring group, a fluorine-containing aliphatic ring group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic group containing the same is set as the second group. Among them, in the fluorine-containing alkyl group in the second group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and optionally -(CH ₂ )- It may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, and is composed of an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and a large cyclic group including the same. In the third group, among the alkyl groups in the third group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -C O-, in addition, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted by -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, which will be a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing aromatic ring group, and fluorine-containing The group consisting of an aliphatic cyclic group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic group including the above is a fourth group, and among the fluorine-containing alkyl groups in the fourth group, any one which is not adjacent-( CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and optionally, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, which will be determined by the number of carbon atoms. The group consisting of an alkyl group having 3 to 18, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic group including the above is a fifth group, and among the alkyl groups in the fifth group, any adjacent ones are not adjacent. -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and optionally, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, ( D-1) When A ₁ , A ₂ and A ₃ are all hydrogen atoms, and m=1, n=0, or m=0, n=1, or m=n=1, A ₄ is selected (1) A group of atoms or groups of the first group or the second group, (d-2), when A ₃ is a hydrogen atom, and m=0, n=0, A ₄ is a group selected from the group 4, (d-3) when A _1, A _2, A ₃ is at least one fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and m = 1, n = 0, or when m = 0, n = 1 Or when m = n = 1, A ₄ is selected from a hydrogen atom, the first group, second group and second group or one atom of Group 3, (d-4) when A ₃ is a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, When m=0 and n=0, A ₄ is an atom or a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a first group, a fourth group, and a fifth group.

In the structural formula (11), the ring R and the ring X are portions along the core portion of the liquid crystal molecule, and A ₄ is a portion along the end chain of the liquid crystal molecule.

In the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect to the third aspect of the present invention, the step of applying a specific electric field to align liquid crystal molecules includes the steps of: facing the opposite side of at least one of the substrates; In a state in which an alignment film containing an alignment control material is formed on the electrode, a specific electric field is applied to the liquid crystal layer, and the alignment control material is reacted to align the liquid crystal molecules to impart a pretilt. Further, the manufacturing method of such a liquid crystal display device is called FPA method (Field-induced Photo-reactive Alignment method, electric field induced photoreaction alignment method).

A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to a first aspect of the present invention (or a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device), comprising the steps of forming a first alignment film on one of a pair of substrates, and Forming a second alignment film on the other of the substrates, the first alignment film containing a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable member The first side chain of the energy base and the polymer compound of the second side chain (referred to as "compatibility before the alignment treatment" for convenience); and then, the first alignment film and the second alignment film are used for the pair of substrates The liquid crystal layer containing liquid crystal molecules having negative dielectric anisotropy is sealed between the first alignment film and the second alignment film, and then the polymer compound (pre-alignment treatment compound) is sealed. The first side chain is crosslinked or polymerized to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules; and the second side chain has a structure that induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure that induces vertical alignment, or the second side chain is from The long axis direction has a dipole moment in an angular range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees, and has a structure for inducing vertical alignment, or the second side chain has the above structural formula (11).

A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to a second aspect of the present invention (or a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device), comprising the steps of forming a first alignment film on one of a pair of substrates, and A second alignment film is formed on the other of the substrates, and the first alignment film includes a polymer compound including a first side chain having a photosensitive functional group and a second side chain (for convenience, it is referred to as "alignment" Before the treatment, the compound is placed in a manner that the first alignment film and the second alignment film face each other, and the first alignment film and the second alignment film are sealed to have a negative dielectric orientation. a liquid crystal layer of a liquid crystal molecule of a different nature; and then, a first side chain in the polymer compound (pre-alignment treatment compound) is deformed to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecule; and the second side chain has an induced dielectric anisotropy The structure has a structure that induces vertical alignment, or the second side chain has an angle range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees from the long axis direction thereof. It has a dipole moment and has a structure for inducing vertical alignment, or the second side chain has the above structural formula (11).

A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to a third aspect of the present invention (or a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device), comprising the steps of: forming a first alignment film on one of a pair of substrates, and A second alignment film is formed on the other of the substrates, and the first alignment film includes a polymer compound containing a first side chain having a crosslinkable functional group or a photosensitive functional group, and a second side chain (for convenience) In the meantime, the pair of substrates are disposed so as to face the first alignment film and the second alignment film, and are sealed between the first alignment film and the second alignment film. a liquid crystal layer having liquid crystal molecules having a negative dielectric anisotropy; then, an energy ray is irradiated to the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules; and the second side chain has an induced dielectric orientation a structure of the opposite sex and having a structure that induces vertical alignment, or a structure in which the second side chain has a dipole moment in an angular range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees from the long axis direction thereof, and has a structure that induces vertical alignment. Or, the second The side chain has the above structural formula (11).

The liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect to the second aspect of the present invention or the first aspect to the third aspect of the present invention for manufacturing the liquid crystal display device of the first aspect to the second aspect of the present invention In the method for producing a liquid crystal display device, the second side chain may include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CN, -OCF ₃ , -OCHF ₂ , -CF ₃ , -CHF ₂ , -CH ₂ F, -OCF. ₂ CHF _2, or -OCF ₂ CHFCF ₃ form any one of a person.

In the liquid crystal display device according to the third aspect of the present invention, the second side chain may have the following structural formula (12). Alternatively, the second side chain may have the following structural formula (13). In this case, the first side chain is bonded to the second side chain. In the structural formula (12) and the structural formula (13), the ring R and the ring X are portions along the core portion of the liquid crystal molecule, and A ₄ is a portion along the end chain of the liquid crystal molecule.

Here, (e) A ₀ represents an alkylene group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms. a base-ether group, further preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, or a carbon number of 1 to 3 Alkyl-ether group.

Further, A ₀₁ represents a linear or branched divalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, preferably a carbon number of 3 to 12, and the organic group has an ether group or an ester group, or is selected At least one bonding group of a group consisting of a free ether, an ester, an ether ester, an acetal, a ketal, a hemiacetal, and a hemi-ketal, and bonded to a polymer compound or a crosslinked compound (alignment treatment) On the main chain of the compound or compound after treatment. A _{01 is} preferably before the alignment process. It has flexibility in the compound.

Further, A ₀₂ is a moiety having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group. As described above, the crosslinkable functional group or the polymerizable functional group may be a group which forms a crosslinked structure by photoreaction, or may form a group of a crosslinked structure by thermal reaction. Specifically, with respect to A _02, as a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group (a photosensitive functional group) of the photo-dimerization photosensitive group include: chalcone, cinnamate, cinnamon acyl, coumarin , maleimide, benzophenone, drop Alkene, alcohol, chitosan. In addition, examples of the polymerizable functional group include a divalent group or an exetylene group containing any one of an acryl fluorenyl group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, a vinyl group, an epoxy group, and an oxetane. .

In the side chain in which the first side chain and the second side chain are bonded as shown in the structural formula (13) (hereinafter referred to as "bonded side chain" for convenience), A in the structural formula (13) ₀₂ (but after the reaction) corresponds to the reaction site which is crosslinked or polymerized. Further, the ring R, the ring X, and the A ₄ in the structural formula (13) correspond to the terminal structure portion. Here, after the alignment process. In the compound, the main chain is bonded to the first side chain, for example, the cross-linking portions in the two bonded side chains of the autonomous chain are cross-linked to each other, so as to sandwich a portion of the liquid crystal molecules from a cross-linking portion. In a state between the extended end structure portion and the end structure portion extending from the other cross-linking portion, and the end structure portion is fixed in a state of forming a specific angle with respect to the substrate, the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted. Again, this state is shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. In addition, specific examples of the bonding side chain in which the first side chain and the second side chain are bonded as shown in the structural formula (13) include the formula (G-K01) shown below. (G-K12) represents a monovalent group or the like.

The structure of the second side chain which induces the perpendicular alignment means a structure having the ability to align the liquid crystal molecules perpendicularly to the substrate, and the structure is not limited as long as it has such ability. As a structure having an ability to align liquid crystal molecules perpendicularly to a substrate, for example, a long-chain alkyl group, a long-chain fluoroalkyl group, a cyclic group having a terminal group having an alkyl group or a fluoroalkyl group or an alkoxy group, and a steroid group are known, or Two or three cyclic groups are bonded to a structure or a steroid group, and the like, and such structures are preferably used in the present invention. Examples of the cyclic group include a stretched phenyl group or a stretched hexyl group, and preferably two or three such groups are bonded to each other. In the structure in which the connection is made, only the phenyl group may be extended, or only the cyclohexyl group may be extended, or the two may be combined. Specifically, structural formula (11) is mentioned. Further, in the case of constituting the structure in which the fourth group or the fifth group of the above A ₄ is formed and conforms to the above-described structure having the vertical alignment ability, there is also a case where the vertical structure is induced only by the structure of the fourth group or the fifth group. The case of orientation. Further, these groups may be directly bonded to the main chain of polyperuric acid or polyimine, or may be bonded via a suitable bonding group as long as they have the ability to align liquid crystal molecules perpendicular to the substrate. Further, regarding the structure for inducing dielectric anisotropy, specifically, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CN, -OCF ₃ , -OCHF ₂ , -CF ₃ , -CHF ₂ , -CH ₂ F, -OCF ₂ CHF ₂ or -OCF ₂ CHFCF ₃ or the like.

More specifically, "A ₄ ", an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 1 to 18 can be exemplified. Alkoxyalkoxy group, alkenyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyloxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenoxyalkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or alkoxyalkylene having 1 to 18 carbon atoms base. In the case where m=n=0, an alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 1 to 18 can be exemplified. Alkoxyalkoxy group, alkenyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyloxy group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenoxyalkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, or alkoxyalkylene having 3 to 18 carbon atoms base. Examples of the alkyl group include -CH ₃ , -C ₂ H ₅ , -C ₃ H ₇ , -C ₄ H ₉ , -C ₅ H ₁₁ , -C ₆ H ₁₃ , -C ₇ H ₁₅ , -C ₈ H ₁₇ , -C ₉ H ₁₉ and -C ₁₀ H ₂₁ ; as alkoxy group, -OCH ₃ , -OC ₂ H ₅ , -OC ₃ H ₇ , -OC ₄ H ₉ , -OC ₅ H ₁₁ , -OC ₆ H ₁₃ , -OC ₇ H ₁₅ , -OC ₈ H ₁₇ and -OC ₉ H ₁₉ .

A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to a first aspect of the present invention (or a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device) may be such that a liquid crystal molecule is aligned by applying a specific electric field to a liquid crystal layer, and an energy ray is irradiated Or heating, the first side chain of the polymer compound (before the alignment treatment) is crosslinked or polymerized.

Further, in this case, it is preferable that an electric field is applied to the liquid crystal layer to illuminate the energy line so that the liquid crystal molecules are aligned in an oblique direction with respect to the surface of at least one of the pair of substrates, and further, the pair of substrates includes The substrate having the pixel electrode and the substrate having the counter electrode are more preferably irradiated with energy rays from the substrate side having the pixel electrode. Generally, a color filter layer is formed on the substrate side of the counter electrode, and the energy line is absorbed by the color filter layer, and it may be difficult to produce a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group of the alignment film material. The reaction, therefore, as described above, is more preferably to irradiate the energy line from the side of the substrate having the pixel electrode where the color filter layer is not formed. In the case where a color filter layer is formed on the substrate side having the pixel electrode, it is preferable to irradiate the energy line from the substrate side having the counter electrode. again Basically, the azimuth (deflection angle) of the liquid crystal molecules imparted to the pretilt is defined by the strength and direction of the electric field and the molecular structure of the alignment film material, and the polar angle (zenith angle) is the intensity of the electric field. And the molecular structure of the alignment film material. The same applies to the method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device of the second aspect to the third aspect of the present invention.

A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to a second aspect of the present invention (or a method for producing a liquid crystal display device) may be such that a liquid crystal molecule is aligned by applying a specific electric field to a liquid crystal layer, and an energy ray is irradiated The first side chain of the polymer compound (before the alignment treatment) is deformed.

In the method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to a third aspect of the present invention, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned by applying a specific electric field to the liquid crystal layer, and the polymer compound is irradiated with ultraviolet rays as an energy ray.

The liquid crystal molecules are given a pretilt (first pretilt angle θ ₁ ) by the first alignment film (the compound after the alignment treatment), and the liquid crystal molecules are preferably also passed through the second alignment film (by alignment treatment) The compound) is given a pretilt (second pretilt angle θ ₂ ). The values of the first pretilt angle θ ₁ and the second pretilt angle θ ₂ are greater than 0 degrees. Here, the pretilt θ ₁ , θ ₂ may be the same angle (θ ₁ = θ ₂ ), or may be different angles (θ ₁ ≠ θ ₂ ), preferably different angles. Accordingly, compared to the pre-tilt θ _{1, 2} are both of the case of [theta] 0 degrees, the driving voltage is applied to the response speed of the lift, and the case where the pretilt obtained with θ _{1, 2} [theta] are both 0 degrees Roughly equivalent contrast. Thereby, the response characteristics can be improved, and the amount of light transmission during black display can be reduced, and the contrast can be improved. When the pretilt θ ₁ and θ ₂ are different angles, it is more preferable that the pretilt θ of the larger one of the pretilt θ ₁ and θ ₂ is 1 degree or more and 4 degrees or less. A particularly high effect can be obtained by making the pretilt θ of the larger one within such an angular range.

The liquid crystal display system of the liquid crystal display device of the first aspect to the third aspect of the present invention, which is a preferred embodiment of the present invention, and the liquid crystal display device of the first aspect to the third aspect of the present invention The pre-tilt is imparted by the first alignment film, and specifically, the pre-tilt imparted to the liquid crystal molecules is mainly held or fixed by the first side chain, and the second side is provided. The chain promotes the application of the pretilt of the liquid crystal molecules, and the application of the voltage to the liquid crystal molecules when the pretilt is applied can be reduced.

Hereinafter, the liquid crystal display devices of the first aspect to the third aspect of the present invention including the preferred embodiments and configurations described above are simply referred to as "the liquid crystal display device of the present invention"; The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect to the third aspect of the present invention, which is a preferred embodiment of the present invention, is simply referred to as "the method for producing a liquid crystal display device of the present invention". Hereinafter, the liquid crystal of the present invention may be used. The display device and the method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device of the present invention are simply referred to as "the present invention".

In the present invention, the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) or the compound constituting the first alignment film (the compound after the alignment treatment) has the group represented by the following formula (1) as the first Side chain. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the first configuration of the present invention".

-R ₁ '-R ₂ '-R ₃ ' (1)

Here, R ₁ ' is a linear or branched divalent organic group having 1 or more carbon atoms, and the organic group has an ether group or an ester group, and the R ₁ ' is bonded to the polymer compound. Or on the main chain of the cross-linked compound (pre-alignment treatment, compound or compound after treatment), or R ₁ ' is selected from the group consisting of ethers, esters, ether esters, acetals, ketals, hemiacetals and half At least one bonding group in the group consisting of ketals, and bonded to a main chain of a polymer compound or a crosslinked compound (pre-alignment treatment, compound or compound after treatment), R ₂ ' is a divalent organic group containing a plurality of ring structures, one of the atoms constituting the ring structure is bonded to R ₁ ', and R ₃ 'is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a carbonate group. A valence group, or a derivative thereof.

Alternatively, in the present invention, the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) or the compound constituting the first alignment film (the compound after the alignment treatment) may have a group represented by the formula (2) as the first 1 side chain compound. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the second configuration of the present invention". It can also be configured as follows: polymer compound (Compound before the alignment treatment) or the compound constituting the first alignment film (the compound after the alignment treatment) contains not only the group represented by the formula (2) but also the group represented by the above formula (1). The group represented by the formula (2) is a compound of the first side chain.

-R ₁₁ '-R ₁₂ '-R ₁₃ '-R ₁₄ ' (2)

Here, R ₁₁ ' is a linear or branched divalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 or more and 20 or less, preferably a carbon number of 3 or more and 12 or less, and the organic group contains an ether group or an ester group. In the case where R ₁₁ ' is bonded to the main chain of the polymer compound or the crosslinked compound (pre-alignment treatment, compound or compound after treatment), or R ₁₁ ' is selected from ethers, esters, At least one bonding group of a group consisting of an ether ester, an acetal, a ketal, a hemiacetal, and a hemiketal, and bonded to a polymer compound or a crosslinked compound (pre-alignment treatment, compound or alignment) After treatment, the main chain of the compound), R ₁₂ 'for example, includes chalcones, cinnamate, cinnamon quinone, coumarin, maleimide, benzophenone, and a divalent group or an ethynyl group of any one of a structure of an ene, a sterol, a chitosan, an acryl fluorenyl group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, a vinyl group, an epoxy group, and an oxetane group, R ₁₃ ' is a divalent organic group containing a plurality of ring structures, and R ₁₄ ' is a derivative having a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a monovalent group of a carbonate group, or the like. The equation (2) may be modified as shown in the following formula (2'), as the case may be. That is, the formula (2) contains the formula (2').

-R ₁₁ '-R ₁₂ '-R ₁₄ '(2')

Alternatively, in the present invention, the first alignment film may include a first side chain and a second side chain, and a main chain supporting the first side chain and the second side chain for the first substrate (here) a first side chain and a second side chain are bonded to the main chain, and include a crosslinked portion in which one of the first side chains is crosslinked, and an end structure portion bonded to the crosslinked portion, and a liquid crystal. The molecules are pretilted by being sandwiched along the second side chain or by the second side chain. Alternatively, in the present invention, the first alignment film may include a first side chain and a second side chain, and a main chain supporting the first side chain and the second side chain for the first substrate (here) a first side chain and a second side chain are bonded to the main chain), and include a deformation portion in which one of the first side chains is deformed, And the end structure portion bonded to the deformed portion, the liquid crystal molecules are biased by the second side chain or by the second side chain. Alternatively, in the present invention, the first alignment film may include a first side chain and a second side chain, and a main chain supporting the first side chain and the second side chain for the first substrate (here) The first side chain and the second side chain are bonded to the main chain, and include a cross-linking/deformation portion in which one of the first side chains is cross-linked or deformed, and a bond to the cross-linking/deformation portion. In the end structure portion, the liquid crystal molecules are biased along the second side chain or by the second side chain. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, the configurations are referred to as "the third configuration of the present invention". The first side chain and the second side chain may be bonded to the same main chain, or may be bonded to two or more different main chains. Further, the first side chain and the second side chain may be bonded.

Alternatively, in the present invention, the first alignment film may include a first side chain and a second side chain, and a main chain supporting the first side chain and the second side chain for the first substrate (here) The first side chain and the second side chain are bonded to the main chain, and include a crosslinked portion in which one of the first side chains is crosslinked, and is bonded to the crosslinked portion and has a liquid crystal primordium. End structure. Further, the main chain and the cross-linking portion may be bonded by a covalent bond, and the cross-linking portion and the end structure portion may be bonded by a covalent bond. Alternatively, in the present invention, the first alignment film may include a first side chain and a second side chain, and a main chain supporting the first side chain and the second side chain for the first substrate (here) a first side chain and a second side chain are bonded to the main chain, and include a deformed portion in which one of the first side chains is deformed, and an end structure portion bonded to the deformed portion and having a liquid crystal primordium . Alternatively, in the present invention, the first alignment film may include a first side chain and a second side chain, and a main chain supporting the first side chain and the second side chain for the first substrate (here) The first side chain and the second side chain are bonded to the main chain, and include a cross-linking/deformation portion in which one of the first side chains is cross-linked or deformed, and a bond in the cross-linking/deformation portion. And having an end structure portion of the liquid crystal primordium. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, the configurations are referred to as "the fourth configuration of the present invention". Here, the first side chain and the second side chain may be bonded to the same main chain or may be bonded to different main chains. In addition, the first side chain and the second side The side chains can also be bonded.

The present invention comprising the first aspect of the present invention to the fourth aspect of the present invention can be a form in which the first side chain (more specifically, the crosslinked portion) has a photodimerization photosensitive group.

Furthermore, the present invention which has the preferred configuration and the form described above can be configured such that the surface roughness Ra of the first alignment film is 1 nm or less. Here, the surface roughness Ra is defined by JIS B 0601:2001.

Further, the present invention including the preferred configuration and the form described above may be configured to include an alignment restricting portion including a slit formed in the electrode or an alignment restricting portion including a projection provided on the substrate, or Use an electrode provided with a bump.

Furthermore, as described above, the present invention may be characterized in that the second alignment film includes a polymer compound (pre-alignment treatment compound) constituting the first alignment film, or has a relationship with the above-described preferred configuration and form. The composition of the first alignment film is the same. In addition, the polymer film (the compound before the alignment treatment) defined by the liquid crystal display device of the first aspect to the third aspect of the present invention may be included in the first alignment film. The composition of a polymer compound (pre-alignment treatment, compound) different from the polymer compound (pre-alignment treatment). Alternatively, the second alignment film may be a polymer compound (a compound before the alignment treatment) different from the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) constituting the first alignment film.

The present invention comprising the preferred configuration and form described above can be configured to include a quinone bond in a repeating unit of the main chain. In addition, the polymer compound (the compound after the alignment treatment) may be in a form in which the liquid crystal molecules are arranged in a specific direction with respect to the pair of substrates, that is, the first substrate and the second substrate. Further, the pair of substrates may include a substrate having a pixel electrode and a substrate having a counter electrode, that is, the first substrate is a substrate having a pixel electrode, and the second substrate is a counter electrode. In the form of the substrate, the second substrate is a substrate having a pixel electrode, and the first substrate is a substrate having a counter electrode.

A circuit (first substrate) having a pixel electrode is provided with a circuit for driving a pixel such as a TFT (thin-film transistor). Further, a layer including a circuit for driving a pixel such as a TFT may be referred to as a "TFT layer". When a color filter layer is formed on the substrate (second substrate) side having the counter electrode, a smoothing film is formed on the TFT layer, and a first electrode is formed on the smoothing film. On the other hand, when a color filter layer is formed on the substrate (first substrate) side having the pixel electrode, the color filter layer is formed on the TFT layer, on the color filter layer, or color filter A first electrode is formed on the protective layer formed on the sheet layer or on the passivation film containing the inorganic material. In the case of a liquid crystal display device in which a pixel includes a plurality of sub-pixels, the pixel may be referred to as a sub-pixel. The first electrode and the second electrode may include a transparent conductive material having transparency such as ITO (indium tin oxide), IZO (indium zinc oxide), ZnO, or SnO. Further, the second electrode can be a so-called solid electrode (unpatterned electrode). For example, the first polarizing plate is attached to the outer surface of the first substrate, and the second polarizing plate is attached to the outer surface of the second substrate. The first polarizing plate and the second polarizing plate are disposed such that their absorption axes are orthogonal to each other. Preferably, the absorption axis of the first polarizing plate is parallel to the X axis or the Y axis, and the absorption axis of the second polarizing plate is parallel to the Y axis or the X axis. However, the present invention is not limited thereto.

The liquid crystal display device is illuminated by a well-known planar illumination device (backlight). The planar illumination device may be a direct-type planar light source device, or an edge-illuminated (also referred to as a sidelight type) planar light source device. Here, the direct-type planar light source device includes, for example, a light source disposed in the casing, and a reflection member disposed in a casing portion located below the light source to reflect the emitted light from the light source upward; the diffusion plate is mounted The light emitted from the light source and the reflected light from the reflecting member are diffused while passing through the opening of the casing above the light source. On the other hand, the edge-lighting type planar light source device includes, for example, a light guide plate and a light source disposed on a side surface of the light guide plate. Further, a reflection member is disposed under the light guide plate, and a diffusion sheet and a gusset are disposed above the light guide plate. The light source includes, for example, a cold cathode ray type fluorescent lamp that emits white light. Or, for example, LED (light- A light emitting element such as an emitting diode or a semiconductor laser element. The liquid crystal display device controls the passage of light from the planar illumination device (backlight) to display an image on the liquid crystal display device.

In the liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect to the third aspect of the present invention, at least one of the first alignment film, that is, the pair of alignment films, has a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group or a photosensitive functional group. The compound (the compound after the alignment treatment) in which the polymer compound of the first side chain (the compound before the alignment treatment) is crosslinked or polymerized or deformed, and is subjected to the pretilt imparting treatment for the liquid crystal molecules. The compound is held and fixed. Therefore, when an electric field is applied between the pixel electrode and the counter electrode, the long-axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules responds in a specific direction with respect to the substrate surface, and good display characteristics can be ensured. Moreover, since the pretilt imparted to the liquid crystal molecules is used after the alignment treatment. Since the compound is held and fixed, the response speed (the rising speed of the image display) corresponding to the electric field between the electrodes is accelerated as compared with the case where the liquid crystal molecules are not pre-tilted, and cross-linking or crosslinking is not used. The compound which is polymerized or deformed is given a pretilt, and it is easy to maintain good display characteristics.

In the method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to a first aspect of the present invention, after the first alignment film is formed, the liquid crystal layer is sealed between the first alignment film and the second alignment film, and the first alignment film includes the intersection. The functional group or the polymerizable functional group is a polymer compound of the first side chain (pre-alignment treatment compound). Further, in the method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to a second aspect of the present invention, after the first alignment film is formed, the liquid crystal layer is sealed between the first alignment film and the second alignment film, and the first alignment film includes A polymer compound having a photosensitive functional group as a first side chain (pre-alignment treatment compound). Here, the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer are aligned with each other in the specific direction (specifically, the vertical direction or the oblique direction inclined from the vertical direction) with respect to the surface of the first alignment film by the first alignment film ( However, the alignment direction is not necessarily aligned). Then, while applying an electric field, the crosslinkable functional group Alternatively, the polymerizable functional group is reacted, whereby the polymer compound is crosslinked or polymerized. Alternatively, the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) is deformed while applying an electric field. Here, the second side chain is affected by the electric field and tends to be aligned in a specific alignment direction. Further, the second side chain tends to be aligned with respect to the surface of the first alignment film in an oblique direction which is slightly inclined from the vertical direction. Further, due to the influence of the first alignment film, the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer are aligned integrally with respect to the surface of the first alignment film in a specific direction (inclination direction which is slightly inclined from the vertical direction). Thereby, the pretilt imparted to the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the compound (the compound after the alignment treatment) in which crosslinking or polymerization or deformation occurs is maintained or fixed, or the pretilt can be held and fixed. State. Therefore, the response speed (the rising speed of the image display) is improved as compared with the case where the pre-tilt is not given to the liquid crystal molecules. Further, by the state in which the liquid crystal molecules are aligned, the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) is crosslinked or polymerized or deformed, and the alignment film is irradiated with linearly polarized light or oblique light before the liquid crystal layer is sealed. And, even if a large device is not used, the liquid crystal molecules can be pretilted.

In the method for producing a liquid crystal display device according to a third aspect of the present invention, the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) is irradiated with an energy ray, and the pretilt imparted to the liquid crystal molecules can be held and fixed. status. In other words, the first side chain of the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) is crosslinked, polymerized, or deformed in a state in which the liquid crystal molecules are aligned, and the response speed is compared with the case where the liquid crystal molecules are not pretilted. The rising speed of the image display) is increased. Further, even if the alignment film is not irradiated with linearly polarized light or oblique light before sealing the liquid crystal layer, the liquid crystal molecules can be pretilted without using a large device.

Further, in the present invention, the second side chain has a structure which induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure for inducing vertical alignment (the liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the present invention), or is from the long axis direction thereof. A structure having a dipole moment in an angular range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees and having a vertical alignment property (the liquid crystal display device of the second aspect of the present invention) Alternatively, the second side chain has the above structural formula (11) (the liquid crystal display device of the third aspect of the present invention). That is, a compound obtained by crosslinking (polymerization or deformation of a polymer compound (pre-alignment treatment) compound (the compound after the alignment treatment) contains a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group or a photosensitive functional group as a a first side chain, wherein the second side chain has the above-described properties, and the first side chain is bonded to the main chain, and includes a portion where crosslinking or polymerization or deformation occurs, and a terminal structure portion bonded to the portion, and the liquid crystal molecules are easily It is sandwiched along the second side chain or by the second side chain. Therefore, when an electric field is applied, the second side chain is aligned in a direction depending on the direction of the electric field (for example, a direction slightly inclined from the direction of the electric field), and as a result, the second side chain can promote the imparting of the pretilt of the liquid crystal molecules. As a result, in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device, the value of the voltage applied to the liquid crystal layer can be lowered in order to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal layer. Further, when the liquid crystal display device is manufactured, the voltage applied when the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted can be further lowered. Further, the strain of the liquid crystal molecules imparting the pretilt alignment interface can be alleviated, and as a result, the stabilization of the pretilt value and the further improvement of the response speed can be achieved. Furthermore, the effects described in the present specification are merely examples and are not limited, and additional effects may be added.

10, 10A, 10B, 10C‧‧ ‧ pixels

20‧‧‧1st substrate (TFT substrate)

20'‧‧‧Insulation film

21‧‧‧1st alignment film

22‧‧‧Smoothed film

23‧‧‧Color filter layer

24‧‧‧Transparent conductive material layer

30‧‧‧TFT layer

31‧‧‧ gate electrode

32‧‧‧ gate insulation

33‧‧‧Semiconductor layer (channel formation area)

34‧‧‧Source/drain electrodes

35‧‧‧connection hole (contact hole)

40, 140, 240, 340, 1140, 1240, 2140, 2240, 2340, 2440, 3140, 3240, 3340, 3440 ‧ ‧ 1st electrode (pixel electrode)

41, 42, 43‧ ‧ flattening layer

44‧‧‧1st alignment restriction (first slit)

50‧‧‧2nd substrate (CF substrate)

51‧‧‧2nd alignment film

60, 160‧‧‧2nd electrode (opposite electrode)

70‧‧‧Liquid layer

71, 71A, 71B, 71C‧‧‧ liquid crystal molecules

80‧‧‧Display area

81‧‧‧Source Driver

82‧‧‧ gate driver

83‧‧‧Timing controller

84‧‧‧Power circuit

91‧‧‧ source line

92‧‧‧ gate line

93‧‧‧TFT (Crystal)

94‧‧‧ capacitor

141, 241, 341, 1141, 1241, 2141, 2241, 2341, 2441, 3141, 3241, 3341, 3441‧‧‧

141A, 1141A‧‧‧ peripheral parts of the concave and convex parts

142, 242, 342, 1142, 1242, 2142, 2242, 2342, 2442, 3144E, 3144F, 3144G, 3144G ₁₁ , 3144G ₁₂ , 3144G ₂₁ , 3144G ₂₂ , 3144G ₃₁ , 3144G ₃₂ , 3144G ₄₁ ‧ ‧ convex

143, 243, 343A, 343B, 1143, 1243, 2143, 2243, 2343, 2443, 3243, 3343, 3443 ‧ ‧ dry convex (main convex)

144, 244, 344, 1144, 1244, 2144, 2144 ₁ , 2144 ₂ , 2144 ₃ , 2144 ₄ , 2244 , 2244 ₁ , 2244 ₂ , 2244 ₃ , 2244 ₄ , 2344 , 2444 , 3144A , 3144A ₁ , 3144A ₁₁ , 3144A ₁₂ , 3144A ₂ , 3144A ₂₁ , 3144A ₂₂ , 3144A ₃ , 3144A ₃₁ , 3144A ₃₂ , 3144A ₄ , 3144A ₄₁ , 3144A ₄₂ , 3144B , 3144C , 3144C ₁ , 3144C ₁₁ , 3144C ₁₂ , 3144C ₂ , 3144C ₂₁ , 3144C ₂₂ , 3144C ₃ , 3144C ₃₁ , 3144C ₃₂ , 3144C ₄ , 3144C ₄₁ , 3144C ₄₂ , 3144D , 3144D ₁ , 3144D ₁₁ , 3144D ₁₂ , 3144D ₂ , 3144D ₂₁ , 3144D ₂₂ , 3144D ₃ , 3144D ₃₁ , 3144D ₃₂ , 3144D ₄ , 3144D ₄₁ , 3144D ₄₂ , 3244A, 3244A ₁ , 3244A ₁₁ , 3244A ₁₂ , 3244A ₂ , 3244A ₂₁ , 3244A ₂₂ , 3244A ₃ , 3244A ₃₁ , 3244A ₃₂ , 3244A ₄ , 3244A ₄₁ , 3244A ₄₂ , 3244D , 3344 , 3444A, 3444A ₁ , 3444A ₁₁ , 3444A ₁₂ , 3444A ₂ , 3444A ₂₁ , 3444A ₂₂ , 3444A ₃ , 3444A ₃₁ , 3444A ₃₂ , 3444A ₄ , 3444A ₄₁ , 3444A ₄₂ , 3444G , 3444G ₁ , 3444G ₁₁ , 3444G ₁₂ , 3444G ₂ , 3444G ₂₁ , 3444G ₂₂ , 3444G ₃ , 3444G _{3 1} , 3444G ₃₂ , 3444G ₄ , 3444G ₄₁ , 3444G ₄₂ ‧‧‧ branch convex (sub-protrusion)

145, 245, 345, 1145, 1245, 2145, 2245, 2345, 2445, 3145, 3245, 3345, 3445 ‧ ‧ recess

146, 246, 346, 1146, 1246, 2146, 2246, 2346, 2446, 3146, 3246, 3346, 3446 ‧ ‧ part of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel

147, 1147‧‧‧ convex structure

161‧‧‧ Alignment Restriction Department

162‧‧‧Slits

163‧‧‧protrusion (ribs)

248, 1248‧‧‧ slit section

249, 1249‧‧‧ protrusions (ribs)

1140A, 3340A‧‧‧1st transparent conductive material layer

1140B, 3340B‧‧‧2nd transparent conductive material layer

1143A, 1143B, 1143C, 1243A, 1243B, 1243C, 2343A, 2343B, 2343C, 2443A, 2443B, 2443C, 3343A, 3343B, 3343C‧‧‧ top surface of the dry convex

1144A, 1144B, 1244A, 1244B, 2344A, 2344B, 2444A, 2444B, 3344A, 33344B‧‧‧

1147A‧‧‧Black matrix

2144a, 2244a‧‧‧Parts of the branches and convex parts joined to the dry convex

2144b, 2244b‧‧‧ the top of the convex part

Joint of 3144B'‧‧‧2 convex parts

3144E'‧‧‧ convex area

3151‧‧‧Protruding

3152, 3252‧‧‧ slit section

3152A‧‧‧Central area

3153, 3253‧‧‧ dent

3153A‧‧‧The outer edge of the depression

3243'‧‧‧Side side of the dry convex

3243A‧‧‧Dried convex joints that do not engage the branch 3244A Part of 3243

A, A', B, B'‧‧‧ liquid crystal molecules

A‧‧‧1st side chain

A‧‧‧ top edge

B‧‧‧2nd side chain

b‧‧‧Side edge

Cr‧‧‧Link Department

L ₀ ‧‧‧ axis

L ₁ , L ₂ , L ₃ ‧‧‧ straight line

Mc (Mc1, Mc2, Mc3) ‧ ‧ main chain

P‧‧‧ the formation spacing of the branches

V1‧‧‧ voltage

W ₁ ‧‧‧Width of the root of the branch

W ₂ ‧‧‧Width of the tip of the branch

W ₃ ‧‧‧The distance between the branches

Z‧‧‧ normal direction

θ ₁ ‧‧‧1st pretilt angle

α ₀ , α ₁ , α ₂ ‧‧‧ angle

w ₁₁ , w ₁₂ , w ₂₁ , w ₂₂ , w' ₁₁ ‧ ‧ intersection

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing a liquid crystal display device of the present invention.

Fig. 2 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing a modification of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.

3(A) and 3(B) are schematic views showing the first electrode and the first slit portion when one pixel is viewed from above.

Fig. 4 is a schematic view for explaining the pretilt of liquid crystal molecules.

Fig. 5 is a flow chart for explaining a method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device shown in Fig. 1.

6 is a schematic view showing a state of a polymer compound (a compound before alignment treatment) in an alignment film in the method for producing a liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 1 .

Fig. 7 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing a substrate or the like for explaining a method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 8 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing a substrate or the like following the step subsequent to Fig. 7.

Fig. 9 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing a substrate or the like following the step subsequent to Fig. 8.

Fig. 10 is a schematic view showing a state of a polymer compound (a compound after alignment treatment) in an alignment film.

Fig. 11 is a circuit configuration diagram of the liquid crystal display device shown in Fig. 1.

Figure 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining ordered parameters.

FIG. 13 is a schematic view showing a state in which liquid crystal molecules are pretilted in the vicinity of the first alignment film having the side chain in which the first side chain and the second side chain are bonded as shown in the structural formula (13).

Fig. 14 is a schematic view showing the relationship between a polymer compound which is deformed and liquid crystal molecules.

Fig. 15 is a schematic view schematically showing the direction of the dipole moment of the second side chain and the direction of the dipole moment of the liquid crystal molecules.

Figure 16 is a schematic partial end elevational view of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2A-1.

Figure 17 is a schematic partial end elevational view of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2A-2.

Figure 18 is a schematic partial end elevational view of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2A-3.

Fig. 19 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2A-1 to Example 2A-3.

20A and FIG. 20B are schematic partial cross-sectional views of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2A-1 taken along the arrow AA and the arrow BB of FIG. 19, and FIG. 20C and FIG. 20D are the embodiment 2A-2. A schematic partial cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display device along the arrow AA of FIG. 19 and the first electrode of the arrow BB.

21A and 21B are schematic partial cross-sectional views of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2A-3 taken along the arrow A-A and the arrow B-B of Fig. 19, and the like.

Figure 22 is a schematic partial end elevational view of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2A-4.

23A and 23B are schematic partial cross-sectional views showing the first electrode and the like of the arrow A-A and the arrow B-B of Fig. 19 of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-4.

Fig. 24 is a schematic partial end elevational view showing a modification of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-4.

Fig. 25 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-1.

26A, FIG. 26B and FIG. 26C are schematic partial cross-sectional views of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-1 taken along arrow AA, arrow BB, and arrow CC of FIG. 25; FIG. 26D is FIG. A partial partial cross-sectional view of a magnified portion.

27A and 27B are schematic views showing the behavior of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal display device of the prior art and the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-1, respectively.

Fig. 28 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-2.

Fig. 29 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-3.

30A and FIG. 30B are schematic partial cross-sectional views of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-2 along the arrow AA and arrow BB of FIG. 28, and FIG. 30C is a liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2B-3. A schematic partial end view of the first electrode or the like along the arrow CC of Fig. 29; and Fig. 30D is a schematic partial end view showing an enlarged portion of Fig. 30C.

Fig. 31 is a schematic plan view showing a variation of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment.

Fig. 32 is a schematic perspective view showing another modification of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment.

Fig. 33 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-4.

Fig. 34 is a schematic perspective view showing the first electrode of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment shown in Fig. 33;

Figure 35 is a view showing the first electrode of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-5; Moderate top view.

36A and FIG. 36B are schematic partial end views of the first electrode and the like of the arrow AA and the arrow BB of FIG. 33 of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-4; FIG. 36C is a schematic diagram showing a part of FIG. 36B. Fig. 36D is a schematic partial end view showing an enlarged portion of the first electrode of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-5 along the arrow DD of Fig. 35.

37 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-6.

38 is a schematic perspective view showing a modification of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-6.

39 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-7.

40 is a schematic plan view showing a variation of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-7.

41 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing the first electrode and the like of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-7 taken along the arrow A-A of FIG. 39.

Figure 42 is a schematic partial end elevational view of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2B-8.

Figure 43 is a schematic partial end elevational view showing a modification of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2B-8.

Fig. 44 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-9.

Fig. 45 is a schematic plan view showing a variation of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment.

Fig. 46 is a schematic plan view showing another modification of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment.

Figure 47 is a first electrode of one pixel constituting the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-9. A schematic top view of yet another variation.

48A and FIG. 48B are schematic partial end views of the first electrode and the like of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-9 along the arrow AA and the arrow BB of FIG. 44; and FIGS. 48C and 48D are the embodiment 2B-9. A schematic partial end view of the liquid crystal display device along the arrow CC of FIG. 46 and the first electrode of the arrow DD.

Fig. 49 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-1.

Fig. 50 is a schematic plan view showing a part of a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment.

51A and 51B are schematic partial cross-sectional views of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-1 taken along the arrow AA and the arrow BB of FIG. 49, and FIG. 51C is a schematic view showing a part of FIG. 51B. Partial section view.

52A and 52B are schematic views for explaining the behavior of liquid crystal molecules of the branch convex portion of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-1 and the branch convex portion, respectively.

Figure 53 is a schematic partial end elevational view showing a modification of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2C-2.

54A and 54B are schematic partial end views of the first electrode and the like of the arrow AA and the arrow BB of FIG. 53 of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-2; and FIG. 54C is a schematic diagram showing a part of FIG. 54B. Part of the end view.

Fig. 55 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-3.

Fig. 56 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-4.

Fig. 57 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-5.

Figure 58 is a first electrode of one pixel constituting the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-5. A schematic top view of a variation.

Fig. 59 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-6.

Fig. 60 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-7.

Fig. 61 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-8.

Fig. 62 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-1.

63A is a schematic partial cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-1 taken along the arrow A-A of FIG. 62, and FIG. 63B is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing a portion of FIG. 63B in an enlarged manner.

64A and 64B are schematic plan views each showing a part of a first electrode of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-2.

65A and 65B are schematic plan views each showing a part of a first electrode of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-2.

Fig. 66 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-3.

Fig. 67 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-4.

68A, 68B, and 68C are diagrams schematically showing an arrangement state of convex portions, concave portions, central regions, and the like in the pixels constituting the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, and schematically showing the first electrodes. A view showing an arrangement state of the slit portion and a view in which the uneven portion and the slit portion are overlapped.

69A, 69B, and 69C are diagrams schematically showing an arrangement state of a convex portion, a concave portion, a central region, and the like in a variation of the pixel constituting the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-5. The figure schematically shows the arrangement state of the slit portion provided in the first electrode, and the plan in which the uneven portion and the slit portion overlap each other.

70A, 70B, and 70C are diagrams schematically showing an arrangement state of a convex portion, a concave portion, a central region, and the like in another variation of the pixel constituting the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-5, and are schematically shown. A diagram showing an arrangement state of the slit portion provided in the first electrode, and a view in which the uneven portion and the slit portion are overlapped.

71A, 71B, and 71C are diagrams schematically showing an arrangement state of a convex portion, a concave portion, a central region, and the like in still another modification of the pixel constituting the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-5, and are schematically shown. A diagram showing an arrangement state of the slit portion provided in the first electrode, and a view in which the uneven portion and the slit portion are overlapped.

Figure 72A is a schematic end view along arrow AA of Figure 68C; Figure 72B is a schematic end view along arrow BB of Figure 69C; Figure 72C is a schematic end view of arrow CC of Figure 70C; Figure 72D A schematic end view along the arrow DD of Fig. 71C.

FIG. 73A and FIG. 73B are diagrams schematically showing an arrangement state of a convex portion, a concave portion, a slit portion, and the like in still another modification of the pixel constituting the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-5, and an arrow along the line of FIG. 73A. A schematic cross-sectional view of the first electrode of BB or the like.

FIG. 74A and FIG. 74B are diagrams schematically showing an arrangement state of a convex portion, a concave portion, a slit portion, and the like in still another modification of the pixel constituting the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-5, and an arrow along the line of FIG. 74A. A schematic cross-sectional view of the first electrode of BB or the like.

Fig. 75 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-6.

76A is a schematic plan view showing a portion of a first electrode constituting a central region of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2D-6; and FIG. 76B and FIG. 76C are one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2D-6. A schematic partial cross-sectional view of a portion of the first electrode of the central region.

77A and 77B are respectively 1 pixel of the liquid crystal display device constituting Embodiment 2D-6. A schematic top view of a portion of the first electrode of the central region.

Fig. 78 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-7.

Fig. 79 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-8.

80A and FIG. 80B are schematic plan views each enlarging a part of the first electrode surrounded by a circular region in the schematic plan view of the first electrode of FIG. 79.

Fig. 81 is a schematic plan view showing an enlarged portion of a first electrode surrounded by a circular region in a schematic plan view of the first electrode of Fig. 79;

Fig. 82 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode of one pixel constituting a variation (see Example 2D-4) of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-8.

Fig. 83 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode of one pixel constituting a variation (see Example 2D-5) of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-8.

Fig. 84 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode of one pixel constituting a variation (see Example 2D-5) of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-8.

Fig. 85 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode of one pixel constituting a variation (see Example 2D-5) of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-8.

Fig. 86 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode of one pixel constituting another modification (see Example 2D-6) of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-8.

Fig. 87 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode of one pixel constituting another modification (see Example 2D-7) of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment.

Fig. 88 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-9.

89A, 89B, and 89C are schematic partial cross-sectional views of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-9 along the arrow AA, arrow BB, and arrow CC of FIG. 88; FIG. 89D is FIG. A partial partial cross-sectional view of a magnified portion.

Fig. 90 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-10.

Fig. 91 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-11.

92A and 92B are schematic partial cross-sectional views of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-10 taken along the arrow AA and the arrow BB of FIG. 90, and FIG. 92C is a liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-11. A schematic partial end view of the first electrode or the like along the arrow CC of FIG. 91; and FIG. 92D is a schematic partial end view showing an enlarged portion of FIG. 92C.

Fig. 93 is a schematic plan view showing a variation of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment.

Fig. 94 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-12.

95A and 95B are views showing the behavior of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-8.

FIG. 96A and FIG. 96B are schematic partial end views of the first substrate before the formation of the uneven portion on the first electrode, such as a TFT.

Fig. 97 is a schematic plan view showing a part of a convex portion such as a pitch at which a convex portion is formed, a width of a convex portion, and a width of a distal end portion of a convex portion.

Fig. 98 is a schematic plan view showing a part of a convex portion such as a pitch at which a convex portion is formed, a width of a convex portion, and a width of a distal end portion of a convex portion.

Hereinafter, the present invention will be described with reference to the embodiments of the invention, but the invention is not limited to the embodiments and examples of the invention, and various numerical values or materials in the embodiments and examples of the invention are merely illustrative. . Furthermore, the description is made in the following order.

1. Description of Common Configuration and Structure of Liquid Crystal Display Device of the Present Invention

2. Description of Liquid Crystal Display Device and Method of Manufacturing the Same According to Embodiment of the Invention

3. Description of Liquid Crystal Display Device and Method of Manufacturing the Same Based on Embodiment 1

4. Description of various variations of the first electrode and other examples based on the second embodiment

[Description of Common Configuration and Structure of Liquid Crystal Display Device (Liquid Crystal Display Element) of the Present Invention]

A schematic partial cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal display device (or liquid crystal display device) of the present invention is shown in Fig. 1 . The liquid crystal display device includes a plurality of pixels 10 (10A, 10B, 10C, ...). Further, in the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display device), between the TFT (Thin Film Transistor) substrate 20 and the CF (Color Filter) substrate 50, via the alignment films 21 and 51. A liquid crystal layer 70 containing liquid crystal molecules 71 is provided. The liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display element) is of a so-called transmissive type, and the display mode is a vertical alignment (VA) mode. In Fig. 1, the non-driving state in which the driving voltage is not applied is shown. Furthermore, the pixel 10 actually includes, for example, a sub-pixel that displays a red image, a sub-pixel that displays a green image, and a sub-pixel that displays a sub-pixel of a blue image.

Here, the TFT substrate 20 corresponds to the first substrate, and the CF substrate 50 corresponds to the second substrate. Further, the pixel electrode 40 and the alignment film 21 provided on the first substrate (TFT substrate) 20 correspond to the first electrode and the first alignment film, and the counter electrode 60 and the alignment film 51 provided on the second substrate (CF substrate) 50 are provided. It corresponds to the second electrode and the second alignment film.

In other words, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes a liquid crystal display element having a first alignment film 21 and a second alignment film 51 disposed on the opposite surface side of the pair of substrates 20 and 50, and a liquid crystal layer. 70 is disposed between the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 and contains liquid crystal molecules 71 having negative dielectric anisotropy.

Further, in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, at least the first alignment film (specifically, the first (1) The alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51) include a compound in which a polymer compound having a first side chain and a second side chain is crosslinked or polymerized, and the first side chain has a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group. The liquid crystal molecules 71 are pretilted by the first alignment film 21, and the pre-tilt is also applied to the second alignment film 51.

Specifically, the first alignment film 21 includes a compound (a compound after the alignment treatment) in which a polymer compound having a first side chain having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group is crosslinked or polymerized. In addition, the second alignment film 51 also includes a compound (a compound after the alignment treatment) in which a polymer compound having a first side chain having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group is crosslinked or polymerized. Here, the polymer compound constituting the first alignment film 21 and the polymer compound constituting the second alignment film 51 are preferably the same polymer compound, and constitute the alignment treatment of the first alignment film 21. After the compound is treated with the alignment film constituting the second alignment film 51. The compound is treated after the same alignment. Compound. Further, as described above, the liquid crystal molecules are supplied with the pre-tilt (first pretilt angle θ ₁ ) by the first alignment film 21 (the compound after the alignment treatment), and the liquid crystal molecules are composed of the second alignment film 51 (after the alignment treatment). The pretilt is given (the second pretilt angle θ ₂ ).

In the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, at least the first alignment film (specifically, the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51) is deformed by the polymer compound having the first side chain and the second side chain. In the compound formed, the first side chain has a photosensitive functional group, and the liquid crystal molecules 71 are pretilted by the first alignment film 21, and the pre-tilt is also imparted by the second alignment film 51.

More specifically, the liquid crystal display device is formed by arranging a plurality of pixels 10 including a first substrate (TFT substrate) 20 and a second substrate (CF substrate) 50, and a first electrode (pixel electrode) 40. It is formed on the opposing surface of the first substrate 20 facing the second substrate 50; the first alignment regulating portion 44 is provided on the first electrode (pixel electrode) 40; and the first alignment film 21 is the first surface. Electrode (pixel electrode) 40, first alignment restricting portion 44, and The opposite surface of the first substrate (TFT substrate) 20 is covered, and the second electrode (opposing electrode) 60 is formed on the opposite side of the second substrate (CF substrate) 50 facing the first substrate (TFT substrate) 20. a second alignment film 51 covering the opposite surfaces of the second electrode (opposing electrode) 60 and the second substrate (CF substrate) 50, and a liquid crystal layer 70 provided on the first alignment film 21 and the second surface The alignment film 51 is provided with liquid crystal molecules 71.

In the TFT substrate 20 including the glass substrate, a plurality of pixel electrodes 40 are arranged in a matrix, for example, on the surface facing the CF substrate 50 including the glass substrate. Further, a plurality of pixel electrodes 40 are separately driven and have gates. Source. A TFT switching element such as a drain or a gate line or a source line connected to the TFT switching elements (not shown). The pixel electrode 40 is provided for each pixel portion electrically separated by the pixel separation portion, and includes a material having transparency such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide). In the pixel electrode 40, for example, a first slit portion 44 (a portion where no electrode is formed) having a stripe-like or V-shaped pattern is provided in each pixel. In addition, an arrangement diagram of the first electrode (pixel electrode) 40 and the first slit portion 44 when one pixel (sub-pixel) is observed from above is shown in FIG. 3(A) or FIG. 3(B). Thereby, when a driving voltage is applied, an oblique electric field is applied to the long-axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules 71, and regions (alignment division) having different alignment directions are formed in the pixels, so that the viewing angle characteristics are improved. In other words, the first slit portion 44 is a first alignment restricting portion that restricts the alignment of the entire liquid crystal molecules 71 in the liquid crystal layer 70 to ensure good display characteristics. Here, the first slit portion 44 is used. The alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules 71 when the driving voltage is applied is limited. As described above, basically, the azimuth angle of the liquid crystal molecules given to the pretilt is defined by the intensity and direction of the electric field and the molecular structure of the alignment film material, and the direction of the electric field is determined by the alignment restricting portion.

In the CF substrate 50, a stripe-shaped filter layer containing red (R), green (G), and blue (B) is disposed over substantially the entire effective display area on the surface facing the TFT substrate 20. A color filter layer (not shown) and a counter electrode 60. Similarly to the pixel electrode 40, the counter electrode 60 includes a material having transparency such as ITO. The counter electrode 60 is a so-called solid electrode that is not patterned.

The first alignment film 21 is provided on the surface of the TFT substrate 20 on the liquid crystal layer side so as to cover the pixel electrode 40 and the first slit portion 44. The second alignment film 51 is provided on the surface of the CF substrate 50 on the liquid crystal layer side so as to cover the counter electrode 60. The first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 restrict the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules 71, and have a function of aligning the liquid crystal molecules 71 located farther from the substrate in the vertical direction with respect to the substrate surface, and Pre-tilt is applied to the liquid crystal molecules 71 (71A, 71B) in the vicinity of the substrate. Further, in the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display element) shown in FIG. 1, the slit portion is not provided on the CF substrate 50 side.

Fig. 11 is a view showing the circuit configuration of the liquid crystal display device shown in Fig. 1.

As shown in FIG. 11, the liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal display element including a plurality of pixels 10 disposed in the display region 80. In the liquid crystal display device, a source driver 81 and a gate driver 82 are provided around the display region 80, a timing controller 83 that controls the source driver 81 and the gate driver 82, and a power supply circuit 84. Power is supplied to the source driver 81 and the gate driver 82.

The display area 80 is an area in which an image is displayed, and is formed as an area in which an image can be displayed by arranging a plurality of pixels 10 in a matrix. Further, in FIG. 11, in addition to the display area 80 including a plurality of pixels 10, the areas corresponding to the four pixels 10 are additionally enlarged and displayed.

In the display region 80, a plurality of source lines 91 are arranged in the column direction, and a plurality of gate lines 92 are arranged in the row direction, and the pixels 10 are disposed at positions where the source lines 91 and the gate lines 92 intersect each other. Each of the pixels 10 includes a pixel electrode 40 and a liquid crystal layer 70, and a transistor (TFT) 93 and a capacitor 94. In each of the transistors 93, the source electrode is connected to the source line 91, the gate electrode is connected to the gate line 92, and the drain electrode is connected to the capacitor 94 and the pixel electrode 40. Each source line 91 is connected to the source driver 81 and supplies an image from the source driver 81. signal. Each of the gate lines 92 is connected to the gate driver 82, and the scan signals are sequentially supplied from the gate driver 82.

The source driver 81 and the gate driver 82 select a specific pixel 10 from a plurality of pixels 10.

The timing controller 83 outputs, for example, image signals (for example, RGB image signals corresponding to red, green, and blue) and source driver control signals to the source driver 81, which is used to control the source. The action of the pole driver 81. In addition, the timing controller 83 outputs, for example, a gate driver control signal to the gate driver 82, which is used to control the operation of the gate driver 82. Examples of the source driver control signal include a horizontal synchronizing signal, a start pulse signal, and a clock signal for a source driver. Examples of the gate driver control signal include a vertical sync signal, a clock signal for a gate driver, and the like.

In the liquid crystal display device, an image is displayed by applying a driving voltage between the first electrode (pixel electrode) 40 and the second electrode (counter electrode) 60 in the following manner. Specifically, the source driver 81 supplies a single image to the specific source line 91 based on the image signal input from the timing controller 83 by the input of the source driver control signal from the timing controller 83. signal. Further, the gate driver 82 sequentially supplies the scan signal to the gate line 92 at a specific timing by the input of the gate driver control signal from the timing controller 83. Thereby, the pixel 10 located at the intersection of the source line 91 to which the image signal is supplied and the gate line 92 to which the scanning signal is supplied is selected, and the driving voltage is applied to the pixel 10.

Hereinafter, the present invention will be described based on embodiments of the invention (abbreviated as "embodiments") and examples.

[Embodiment 1]

Embodiment 1 relates to a VA mode liquid crystal display device (or liquid crystal display device) of the present invention, and a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device (or liquid crystal display device) according to a first aspect and a third aspect of the present invention. In the first embodiment, the first alignment film and the second alignment film (alignment film) 21, 51) is composed of one or two or more kinds of polymer compounds (compounds after alignment treatment) having a first side chain having a crosslinked structure. Also, the liquid crystal molecules are given a pretilt. Here, after the alignment process. The compound is formed by forming the alignment films 21 and 51 in a state in which one or two or more polymer compounds having a main chain, a first side chain, and a second side chain (a compound before the alignment treatment) are formed. The liquid crystal layer 70 is provided, and then the polymer compound is cross-linked or polymerized, or the polymer compound is irradiated with an energy ray, and more specifically, an electric field or a magnetic field is applied to make the cross-linking property contained in the first side chain. The functional group or the polymerizable functional group is reacted, thereby generating the above alignment treatment. Compound. And, after the alignment process. The compound includes a structure in which liquid crystal molecules are aligned with respect to a pair of substrates (specifically, the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50) in a specific direction (specifically, an oblique direction slightly inclined from the vertical direction) (specifically, the second Side chain). In this manner, the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) is crosslinked or polymerized, or the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) is irradiated with the energy ray, and the alignment films 21 and 51 are subjected to the alignment treatment. . The compound can impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules 71 in the vicinity of the alignment films 21 and 51, so that the response speed (the rising speed of the image display and the falling speed of the image display) is accelerated, and the display characteristics are improved.

Here, the second side chain has a structure that induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure that induces vertical alignment (the liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the present invention), or the second side chain is from the long axis thereof. a range in which the direction is more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees (preferably a range of more than 0 degrees from the long axis direction and 60 degrees or less, more preferably more than 0 degrees from the long axis direction thereof) a range having an angle of 40 degrees or less, further preferably a range of angles exceeding 0 degrees and 30 degrees or less from the long axis direction thereof, and having a structure for inducing vertical alignment (the present invention The liquid crystal display device of the second aspect, or the second side chain has the above structural formula (11), and more specifically has the above structural formula (12) (Liquid crystal display device of the third aspect of the invention). The same applies to the second embodiment described below.

More specifically, the second side chain represented by the above structural formula (12) has, for example, a structure exemplified by the following formula: (G-A01) to (G-A20), and (G-B01) to G-B20), (G-C01)~ (G-C16), (G-D01)~ (G-D16), (G-E01)~ (G-E02), (G) -F01)~Formula (G-F12), Formula (G-H01)~Formula (G-H12), Formula (G-J01)~Formula (G-J14). Here, "a1" and "a2" are each independently an integer of 0 or more and 17 or less. In the formula (G-E01), "a1" is an integer of 2 or more and 17 or less. The structure shown in this equation has a dipole moment in a range exceeding an angle of more than 0 degrees and 60 degrees or less from the longitudinal direction of the second side chain. Further, the structure represented by the formula (G-J05) and the formula (G-J06) has a dipole moment at about 60 degrees from the long axis direction. Further, the structure represented by the formula (G-J01) and the formula (G-J03) has a dipole moment at about 40 degrees from the long axis direction. Further, the structure represented by the formula (G-A01), the formula (G-A11), the formula (G-B01), and the formula (G-B11) has a dipole moment at about 30 degrees from the long axis direction. Further, in the structure shown in the equation, "A ₀ " of the second side chain may be bonded to the main chain via, for example, m-phenylenediamine.

Here, in the formula (G-J01), the formula (G-J02), the formula (G-J03), and the formula (G-J04), "A ₂ " in the formula (11) is a fluorine atom, and the formula ( In G-J07), "A ₃ " in the formula (11) is a chlorine atom, and in the formula (G-J08), "A ₀ " in the formula (12) is "-COO". Of course, these Variations can also be applied to other formulas.

However, n1 and n2 are integers of 2 or more and 17 or less.

The liquid crystal layer 70 contains liquid crystal molecules 71 having a negative dielectric anisotropy. That is, the liquid crystal molecules 71 include molecules having a dipole moment in the short-axis direction. The direction of the dipole moment of the second side chain is as shown in FIG. 15 and has a dipole moment in a direction different from the liquid crystal molecule, that is, in a direction not perpendicular to the direction of the electric field but along the electric field. The direction, i.e., the range of 60 degrees, preferably 40 degrees, more preferably 30 degrees, has a dipole moment. Therefore, when an electric field is applied, the second side chain is easily aligned in a direction slightly inclined from the direction of the electric field.

Before the alignment process. The compound preferably contains a structure having high heat resistance as a main chain. Thereby, even if the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display element) is exposed to a high temperature environment, the alignment treatment in the alignment films 21, 51 is maintained. Since the compound has an alignment-restricting ability to the liquid crystal molecules 71, the display characteristics such as response characteristics and contrast are maintained to be good, and reliability is ensured. Here, the main chain preferably contains a quinone bond in the repeating unit. As the main chain contains the quinone imine bond before the alignment treatment. The compound may, for example, be a polymer compound containing a polyimine structure represented by the formula (3). The polymer compound containing the polyimine structure represented by the formula (3) may be composed of one of the polyamidene structures represented by the formula (3), or may be a plurality of randomly linked or may be substituted. (3) In addition to the structure shown, it also contains other structures.

Here, R1 is a tetravalent organic group, R2 is a divalent organic group, and n1 is an integer of 1 or more.

R1 and R2 in the formula (3) are optionally a tetravalent or divalent group which is composed of carbon, and it is preferred that any of R1 and R2 contains a crosslinkable functional group as the first side chain. Or a polymeric functional group. The reason is that after the alignment process. Compounds are easily obtained with adequate alignment Limit ability.

In addition, before the alignment process. In the compound, a plurality of side chains are bonded to the main chain, and preferably at least one of the plurality of side chains is a first side chain including a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group. That is, before the alignment process. The compound may include a side chain which does not exhibit crosslinkability in addition to the first side chain having crosslinkability. The first side chain including a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group may be one type or plural types. The crosslinkable functional group or the polymerizable functional group may be any functional group which can be subjected to a crosslinking reaction or polymerization after forming the liquid crystal layer 70, and may be a group which forms a crosslinked structure by photoreaction, or may be The group of the crosslinked structure is formed by a thermal reaction. Among them, a photoreactive crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group (photosensitive photosensitive group) having a crosslinked structure is preferably formed by photoreaction. The reason for this is that it is easy to restrict the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules 71 to a specific direction, and it is easy to manufacture a liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display element) having improved response characteristics and having good display characteristics.

Examples of the photoreactive crosslinkable functional group (that is, a photosensitive photosensitive group, for example, a photodimerization photosensitive group) include, for example, a group having any one of the following structures: chalcone, cinnamate, Cinnamon, coumarin, maleimide, benzophenone, drop Alkene, gluten, and chitosan. In the above, the group represented by the formula (41) is exemplified as a group containing a structure of chalcone, cinnamate or cinnamon quinone. Before the alignment treatment of the first side chain containing the group represented by the formula (41). After crosslinking of the compound, for example, a structure represented by the formula (42) is formed. That is, after the alignment treatment is carried out by the polymer compound containing the group represented by the formula (41). The compound contains a structure represented by the formula (42) having a cyclobutane skeleton. Further, a photoreactive crosslinkable functional group such as maleimide may exhibit not only a photodimerization reaction but also a polymerization reaction. Therefore, it is expressed as a compound in which a polymer compound having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group is crosslinked or polymerized.

Here, R3 is a divalent group containing an aromatic ring, R4 is a monovalent group containing one or two or more ring structures, and R5 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group or a derivative thereof.

R3 in the formula (41) is arbitrary as long as it is a divalent group containing an aromatic ring such as a benzene ring, and may contain a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond or a hydrocarbon group in addition to the aromatic ring. Further, R4 in the formula (41) is arbitrary as long as it is a monovalent group having one or two or more ring structures, and may contain a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, a hydrocarbon group or a halogen atom, in addition to the ring structure. The ring structure of R4 is any ring as long as it contains carbon as an element constituting the skeleton, and examples of the ring structure include an aromatic ring, a heterocyclic ring or an aliphatic ring, or a linking or condensation thereof. Into the ring structure and so on. R5 in the formula (41) is arbitrary as long as it is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group or a derivative thereof. Here, the term "derivative" means a group in which a part or all of a hydrogen atom contained in an alkyl group is substituted with a substituent such as a halogen atom. Further, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group introduced as R5 is arbitrary. R5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The reason for this is that good crosslinking reactivity can be obtained.

R3 in the formula (42) may be identical to each other or different. In this regard, R4 and R5 in the formula (41) are also the same as each other. Examples of R3, R4 and R5 in the formula (42) include the same as those of R3, R4 and R5 in the above formula (41).

Examples of the group represented by the formula (41) include those represented by the formula (41-1) to the formula (41-33). base. However, as long as it is a group having a structure represented by the formula (41), it is not limited to the group represented by the formula (41-1) to the formula (41-33).

Before the alignment process. The compound includes a structure for aligning the liquid crystal molecules 71 in the vertical direction with respect to the substrate surface, that is, a structure for inducing vertical alignment (hereinafter referred to as "vertical alignment induction structure portion"). And, by this, even after the alignment film 21, 51 in addition to the alignment process. Other than the compound, a compound having a vertical alignment inducing structure (that is, a normal vertical alignment agent) is not contained, and the alignment of the entire liquid crystal molecules 71 can be restricted. Further, in the case where the compound having the vertical alignment inducing structure portion is further contained, the alignment films 21 and 51 which can more uniformly exhibit the alignment restricting function to the liquid crystal layer 70 are easily formed. Before the alignment process. In the compound, the vertical alignment inducing structure portion is preferably contained in the second side chain, but may also It is contained in the main chain and can also be contained in the second side chain and the main chain. In addition, before the alignment process. When the compound contains the polyimine structure represented by the above formula (3), it preferably contains two structures: a structure including a vertical alignment inducing structure as R2 (repeating unit), and a crosslinkable functional group. The base or polymerizable functional group serves as the structure of R2 (repeating unit). The reason is this before the alignment treatment. Compounds are relatively easy to obtain. Again, as long as the alignment is processed. The compound containing the vertical alignment-inducing structure is also included in the alignment treatment. Among the compounds.

In addition, according to the first configuration of the present invention, the polymer compound before the crosslinking (the compound before the alignment treatment) includes, for example, a compound containing the group represented by the formula (1) as the first side chain. The group represented by the formula (1) can be moved along the liquid crystal molecules 71, so before the alignment treatment. When the compound is crosslinked, the group represented by the formula (1) is fixed together with the crosslinkable functional group or the polymerizable functional group in the state of the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules 71. Further, by the base of the fixed formula (1), it is easier to restrict the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules 71 to a specific direction, so that a liquid crystal display element having excellent display characteristics can be more easily produced.

-R ₁ '-R ₂ '-R ₃ ' (1)

Here, R ₁ ' is a linear or branched divalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 or more, and the organic group is present in the case of containing an ether group or an ester group, and is bonded to a polymer compound or crosslinked. On the main chain of the compound (pre-alignment treatment, compound or compound after treatment), or R ₁ ' is selected from the group consisting of ethers, esters, ether esters, acetals, ketals, hemiacetals and hemiketals. At least one bonding group in the group, and bonded to a main chain of a polymer compound or a crosslinked compound (pre-alignment treatment, compound or compound after treatment). R ₂ 'is a divalent organic group containing a plurality of ring structures, and one of the atoms constituting the ring structure is bonded to R ₁ '. R ₃ 'is a derivative having a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a monovalent group of a carbonate group, or the like.

R ₁ ' in the formula (1) is a portion for fixing R ₂ ' and R ₃ ' to the main chain and functioning as a spacer portion, and the function of the spacer portion is as follows, that is, if a longer R is selected ₁ ', a large pretilt is given to the liquid crystal molecules, and if a shorter R ₁ ' is selected, the pretilt angle is easily fixed. Examples of R ₁ ' include an alkylene group and the like. The alkylene group may have an ether bond between the carbon atoms in the middle, and the position of the ether bond may be one or two or more. Further, R ₁ ' may have a carbonyl group or a carbonate group. The carbon number of R ₁ ' is more preferably 6 or more. The reason for this is that the group represented by the formula (1) interacts with the liquid crystal molecules 71, so that it is easy to follow the liquid crystal molecules 71. The carbon number is preferably determined such that the length of R ₁ ' is substantially equal to the length of the end chain of the liquid crystal molecule 71.

R ₂ ' in the formula (1) is a portion along a ring structure (core portion) contained in a usual nematic liquid crystal molecule. Examples of R ₂ ' include 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, 1,6-anthranyl, a divalent group having a steroid skeleton or The derivative or the like has the same base or skeleton as the ring structure contained in the liquid crystal molecule. Here, the term "derivative" means a group formed by introducing one or two or more substituents into the above-mentioned series of groups.

R ₃ ' in the formula (1) is a part along the terminal chain of the liquid crystal molecule, and examples of R ₃ ' include an alkyl group or a halogenated alkyl group. In the halogenated alkyl group, at least one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom, and the type of the halogen atom is arbitrary. The alkyl group or the halogenated alkyl group may have an ether bond between the carbon atoms in the middle, and the position of the ether bond may be one or two or more. Further, R ₃ ' may have a carbonyl group or a carbonate group. According to R ₁ 'of the same reason, R _3' is more preferably a carbon number of 6 or more.

Specifically, examples of the group represented by the formula (1) include a monovalent group represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-12).

Further, the group represented by the formula (1) is not limited to the above-described groups as long as it can move along the liquid crystal molecules 71.

Alternatively, according to the second configuration of the present invention, the polymer compound before the crosslinking (the compound before the alignment treatment) contains a compound having the group represented by the formula (2) as the first side chain. Since the portion along the liquid crystal molecule 71 and the portion having a predetermined inclination angle are provided in addition to the portion where the crosslinking occurs, the portion along the first side chain of the liquid crystal molecule 71 can be more along the state of the liquid crystal molecule 71. And fixed. Further, by this, it is easier to limit the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules 71 to a specific direction, and thus it is possible to more easily produce a liquid crystal display element having excellent display characteristics.

-R ₁₁ '-R ₁₂ '-R ₁₃ '-R ₁₄ ' (2)

Here, R ₁₁ ' is a linear or branched divalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 or more and 20 or less, preferably a carbon number of 3 or more and 12 or less, and the organic group contains an ether group or an ester group. In the case of a polymer compound or a crosslinked compound (pre-alignment treatment, compound or compound after treatment), or R ₁₁ ' is selected from ethers, esters, ether esters, and the like. At least one bonding group of a group consisting of an aldehyde, a ketal, a hemiacetal, and a hemi-ketal, and bonded to a polymer compound or a crosslinked compound (before alignment treatment, compound or alignment treatment, compound) ) on the main chain. R ₁₂ 'for example: containing chalcones, cinnamate, cinnamon, coumarin, maleimide, benzophenone, drop A divalent group or an ethynyl group of any one of a structure of an ene, a sterol, a chitosan, an acrylonitrile group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, a vinyl group, an epoxy group, and an oxetane. R ₁₃ 'is a divalent organic group containing a plurality of ring structures. R ₁₄ 'is a derivative having a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a monovalent group of a carbonate group, or the like.

R ₁₁ ' in formula (2) before the alignment treatment. Among the compounds, the part which defines the inclination angle is preferably before the alignment treatment. It has flexibility in the compound. Examples of R ₁₁ ' include the groups described for R ₁ ' in the formula (1). In the group represented by the formula (2), R ₁₂ '~R ₁₄ ' easily moves on the axis of R ₁₁ ', and thus R ₁₃ ' and R ₁₄ ' easily follow the liquid crystal molecules 71. The carbon number of R ₁₁ ' is more preferably 6 or more and 10 or less.

R ₁₂ ' in the formula (2) is a moiety having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group. As described above, the crosslinkable functional group or the polymerizable functional group may be a group which forms a crosslinked structure by photoreaction, or may form a group of a crosslinked structure by thermal reaction. Specifically, examples of R ₁₂ ' include: chalcone, cinnamate, cinnamon, coumarin, maleimide, benzophenone, and A divalent group or an ethynyl group of any one of a structure of an ene, a sterol, a chitosan, an acrylonitrile group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, a vinyl group, an epoxy group, and an oxetane.

R ₁₃ ' in the formula (2) may be a portion along the core portion of the liquid crystal molecule 71, and R ₁₃ ' may, for example, be a group described for R ₂ ' in the formula (1).

R ₁₄ ' in the formula (2) is a portion along the terminal chain of the liquid crystal molecule 71, and examples of R ₁₄ ' include, for example, a group described by R ₃ ' in the formula (1).

Specifically, examples of the group represented by the formula (2) include a monovalent group represented by the formula (2-1) to the formula (2-11).

Here, n is an integer of 3 or more and 20 or less.

Further, the group represented by the formula (2) is not limited to the above-described groups as long as it has the above four sites (R ₁₁ ' to R ₁₄ ').

In addition, according to the third aspect of the present invention, the compound obtained by crosslinking the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) (the compound after the alignment treatment) contains the first side chain and the second side chain, And supporting the first side chain and the second side chain main chain with respect to the substrate, the first side chain is bonded to the main chain, and includes a crosslinked portion formed by crosslinking and an end structure portion bonded to the crosslinked portion. The liquid crystal molecules are given a pretilt by being sandwiched along the second side chain or by the second side chain. Alternatively, according to the third configuration of the present invention (see the following second embodiment), the compound obtained by deforming the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) (the compound after the alignment treatment) includes the first side. The chain and the second side chain, and the main chain supporting the first side chain and the second side chain with respect to the substrate, the first side chain is bonded to the main chain, and includes a deformed portion deformed and bonded to the deformed portion. End structure, liquid crystal molecules The second side chain is held by the second side chain, and is pretilted. Alternatively, according to the third configuration of the present invention (see the following second embodiment), the compound obtained by irradiating the polymer compound with the energy ray includes the first side chain and the second side chain, and supports the substrate. a side chain and a main chain of the second side chain, wherein the first side chain is bonded to the main chain, and comprises a crosslinked/deformed portion which is crosslinked or deformed, and an end structure bonded to the crosslinked/deformed portion. In the portion, the liquid crystal molecules are biased by the second side chain or by the second side chain.

Here, in the third constitution of the present invention, R ₁₂ ' in the formula (2) (but after crosslinking) corresponds to a crosslinked portion in which the first side chain is crosslinked. Further, R ₁₃ ' and R ₁₄ ' in the formula (2) correspond to the terminal structure portion. Here, after the alignment process. In the compound, for example, the cross-linking portions in the two first side chains in which the autonomous chain is extended are cross-linked to each other, and are formed such that a part of the liquid crystal molecules is sandwiched between the end structures extending from one cross-linking portion, and the other is The state of the end structure portion in which the cross-linking portion extends is fixed, and the end-structure portion is fixed in a state of forming a specific angle with respect to the substrate, so that the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted.

Alternatively, according to the fourth aspect of the present invention, the compound obtained by crosslinking the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) (the compound after the alignment treatment) contains the first side chain and the second side chain, And supporting the main chain of the first side chain and the second side chain with respect to the substrate, the first side chain is bonded to the main chain, and comprises a crosslinked portion which is crosslinked, and is bonded to the crosslinked portion and has a liquid crystal original The end structure of the base. Here, the first side chain may have a photodimerization photosensitive group. Further, the main chain and the cross-linking portion may be bonded by a covalent bond, and the cross-linking portion and the end structure portion may be bonded by a covalent bond. Alternatively, according to the fourth configuration of the present invention (see the following second embodiment), the compound obtained by deforming the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment) (the compound after the alignment treatment) includes the first side. The chain and the second side chain, and the main chain supporting the first side chain and the second side chain with respect to the substrate, the first side chain is bonded to the main chain, includes a deformed deformation portion, and is bonded to the deformation portion and has The terminal structure of the liquid crystal primordium. Or, according to the fourth constitution (refer to the following embodiment 2) of the present invention, the polymer compound (before the alignment treatment) compound is described. The compound obtained by irradiating the energy ray (the compound after the alignment treatment) includes a first side chain and a second side chain, and a main chain supporting the first side chain and the second side chain with respect to the substrate, and the first side chain is bonded to The main chain includes a crosslinked/deformed portion which is crosslinked or deformed, and an end structure portion which is bonded to the crosslinked/deformed portion and has a liquid crystal priming unit.

In the fourth embodiment of the present invention, as the photodimerization photosensitive group which is a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group (photosensitive functional group), for example, any one of the following structures may be mentioned. Base: chalcone, cinnamate, cinnamon, coumarin, maleimide, benzophenone, drop Alkene, gluten, and chitosan. Examples of the polymerizable functional group include a group including any one of the following structures: an acrylonitrile group, a methacryl group, a vinyl group, an epoxy group, and an oxetane. Further, the rigid liquid crystal primaries constituting the terminal structure portion may be liquid crystallinity as a side chain, or may not exhibit liquid crystallinity, and specific examples thereof include a steroid derivative, a cholesterol derivative, a biphenyl, and a trisole. Benzene, naphthalene, etc. Further, examples of the terminal structure portion include R ₁₃ ' and R ₁₄ ' in the formula (2).

In addition, the alignment films 21, 51 can also be removed after the above alignment treatment. In addition to the compound, other vertical alignment agents are also included. Examples of the other vertical alignment agent include a polyimine having a vertical alignment inducing structure or a polyoxyalkylene having a vertical alignment inducing structure.

The liquid crystal layer 70 contains liquid crystal molecules 71 having a negative dielectric anisotropy. The liquid crystal molecules 71 are formed, for example, in a shape that is rotationally symmetrical with respect to the major axis and the minor axis orthogonal to each other as a central axis, and have negative dielectric anisotropy.

The liquid crystal molecules 71 can be classified into liquid crystal molecules 71A held by the first alignment film 21 in the vicinity of the interface with the first alignment film 21, and liquid crystal molecules 71B held by the second alignment film 51 in the vicinity of the interface with the second alignment film 51, and Other liquid crystal molecules 71C. The liquid crystal molecules 71C are located in the intermediate portion in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal layer 70, and the longitudinal axis direction (director) of the liquid crystal molecules 71C is substantially the same with respect to the first substrate 20 and the second substrate 50 in a state where the driving voltage is off. Arranged in a vertical manner. In addition, the liquid crystal molecules 71B are located in the vicinity of the second alignment film 51, and the long axis direction (director) of the liquid crystal molecules 71B is aligned with the second substrate 50 by the second pretilt angle θ _{2 in a} state where the driving voltage is off. Further, the liquid crystal molecules 71A are located in the vicinity of the first alignment film 21, and the first pretilt angle θ _{1 is} formed with respect to the first substrate 20 in the long axis direction (director) of the liquid crystal molecules 71A in a state where the driving voltage is off (> The manner of θ ₂ ) is obliquely arranged.

Here, when the driving voltage is turned on, the director of the liquid crystal molecules 71A is obliquely aligned with respect to the first substrate 20 and the second substrate 50 in parallel. This behavior is caused by the fact that in the liquid crystal molecule 71A, the dielectric constant in the long axis direction is smaller than the short axis direction. Since the liquid crystal molecules 71B, 71C also have the same properties, they are switched on according to the driving voltage. The state change of the disconnection basically shows the same behavior as the liquid crystal molecule 71A. However, in the state in which the driving voltage is off, the liquid crystal molecules 71A are provided with the first pretilt angle θ ₁ from the first alignment film 21, and are formed such that the directors are inclined from the normal direction of the first substrate 20 and the second substrate 50. . On the other hand, the liquid crystal molecules 71B are provided with the second pretilt angle θ ₂ by the second alignment film 51, and the directors are formed, for example, in parallel with the normal direction of the second substrate 50, or from the first substrate 20 and the second substrate 50. The state in which the normal direction is tilted. In addition, the term "holding" as used herein means that the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules 71 is restricted in a state where the alignment films 21 and 51 and the liquid crystal molecules 71A and 71B are not fixed. In addition, as shown in FIG. 4, the "pretilt angle θ (θ ₁ , θ ₂ )" means that the direction perpendicular to the surface of the first substrate 20 and the second substrate 50 (normal direction) is Z. The angle of inclination of the director D of the liquid crystal molecules 71 (71A, 71B) with respect to the z direction in a state where the driving voltage is off.

Next, referring to the flowchart shown in FIG. 5, and the mode diagram for explaining the state of the alignment films 21, 51 shown in FIG. 6, and the modes of the liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. The cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display device) is described in the cross-sectional view, and the manufacturing method includes the following steps: The first alignment film 21 is formed on one of the pair of substrates 20 and 50 (specifically, the substrate 20), and is formed on the other of the pair of substrates 20 and 50 (specifically, the substrate 50). In the second alignment film 51, the first alignment film 21 includes a polymer compound containing a first side chain having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group, and a second side chain; The pair of substrates 20 and 50 are disposed such that the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 face each other, and the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 are sealed to have a negative dielectric anisotropy. Liquid crystal layer 70 of liquid crystal molecules 71; The first side chain of the polymer compound is crosslinked or polymerized to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecule 71 (the method for producing a liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the present invention). Alternatively, the method includes the steps of forming the first alignment film 21 on one of the pair of substrates 20, 50 (specifically, the substrate 20), and the other of the pair of substrates (specifically, the substrate 50) The second alignment film 51 is formed, and the first alignment film 21 includes a polymer compound including a first side chain having a photosensitive functional group and a second side chain; and then the pair of substrates 20 and 50 are made The alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 are disposed to face each other, and the liquid crystal layer 70 containing the liquid crystal molecules 71 having negative dielectric anisotropy is sealed between the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51; The first side chain in the polymer compound is deformed to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecule 71 (that is, the method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device according to the second aspect of the present invention, see the following embodiment 2). Alternatively, the method includes the steps of forming the first alignment film 21 on one of the pair of substrates 20, 50 (specifically, the substrate 20), and on the other of the pair of substrates 20, 50 (specifically, a second alignment film 51 including a first side chain having a crosslinkable functional group or a photosensitive functional group and a second side chain polymer compound; and then The pair of substrates 20 and 50 are disposed such that the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 face each other, and the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 are sealed to have a negative dielectric anisotropy. The liquid crystal layer 70 of the liquid crystal molecule 71; then, the polymer compound is irradiated with an energy ray, and the liquid crystal molecule 71 is pretilted (the method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device according to the third aspect of the present invention). In addition, in FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 9, only one pixel is shown for simplification.

Further, the second side chain has a structure that induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure that induces vertical alignment (the liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the present invention), or more than 0 degrees from the long axis direction thereof. And a range of an angle of less than 90 degrees (preferably a range of more than 0 degrees from the long axis direction and an angle of 60 degrees or less, more preferably more than 0 degrees from the long axis direction and less than 40 degrees) The range of the angle is further preferably a range of angles exceeding 0 degrees and 30 degrees or less from the long axis direction thereof; the same applies hereinafter) having a dipole moment and having a structure for inducing vertical alignment (the present invention) The liquid crystal display device of the second aspect has the above structural formula (11), and more specifically has the above structural formula (12) (the liquid crystal display device of the third aspect of the present invention).

First, the first alignment film 21 is formed on the surface of the first substrate (TFT substrate) 20, and the second alignment film 51 is formed on the surface of the second substrate (CF substrate) 50 (step S101).

Specifically, first, the pixel electrode 40 having the specific first slit portion 44 is formed in a matrix shape on the surface of the first substrate 20 to form the TFT substrate 20. Further, the counter electrode 60 is provided on the color filter layer of the second substrate 50 on which the color filter layer is formed, whereby the CF substrate 50 is produced.

On the other hand, for example, before the alignment process. Compound or as a treatment before alignment. The polymer compound precursor, the solvent, and, if necessary, the vertical alignment agent are mixed to prepare a liquid alignment film for the first alignment film and the second alignment film.

About before processing as a match. When a polymer compound precursor of a compound, for example, a polymer compound having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group as a side chain contains a polyimine structure represented by the formula (3), it may be mentioned that it has cross-linking. Poly-phthalic acid of a functional or polymeric functional group. The polyproline which is a precursor of a polymer compound can be synthesized, for example, by reacting a diamine compound with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. At least one of the diamine compound and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used herein has a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group. Diamine Examples of the compound include a compound having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group represented by the formula (A-1) to the formula (A-21). Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride include the formula (a-1). a compound having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group represented by the formula (a-10). In addition, the compound represented by the formula (A-9) to the formula (A-21) is a compound constituting the crosslinked portion and the terminal structure portion of the polymer compound after crosslinking in the third constitution of the present invention. Alternatively, the compound represented by the formula (F-1) to the formula (F-22) may be used as the compound constituting the cross-linking portion and the terminal structure portion of the polymer compound after crosslinking in the third embodiment of the present invention.

Here, X1 to X4 are a single bond or a divalent organic group.

Here, X5 to X7 are a single bond or a divalent organic group.

In addition, to make the alignment before processing. When the compound contains a vertical alignment-inducing structure, when a poly-proline which is a precursor of a polymer compound is synthesized, a diamine compound may be used in addition to the above-mentioned compound having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group. a compound having a vertical alignment inducing structure represented by the formula (B-1) to the formula (B-36) or a formula (b-1) to (b-3) as a tetracarboxylic dianhydride A compound having a vertical alignment inducing structure.

Here, a4 to a6 are integers of 0 or more and 21 or less.

Here, a4 is an integer of 0 or more and 21 or less.

Here, a4 is an integer of 0 or more and 21 or less.

In addition, to make the alignment before processing. When the compound has a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group and a group represented by the formula (1), when a polyglycine which is a precursor of a polymer compound is synthesized, in addition to the above having a crosslinkable functional group or In addition to the compound of the polymerizable functional group, it is also possible to use the liquid crystal molecule 71 as shown by the formula (C-1) to the formula (C-24). The compound of the base is used as a diamine compound.

In addition, to make the alignment before processing. When the compound has a group represented by the formula (2), when a polyglycine which is a precursor of a polymer compound is synthesized, a compound other than the above-mentioned compound having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group may be used. (D-1)~ A compound having a group along the liquid crystal molecule 71 represented by the formula (D-11) is used as the diamine compound.

Here, n is an integer of 3 or more and 20 or less.

Further, in order to make the alignment process. The compound contains two structures, that is, a structure including a vertical alignment inducing structure and a structure containing a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group, and is synthesized as a polymer compound precursor as a method of R2 in the formula (3). In the case of a poly-proline, the diamine compound and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride are selected, for example, in the following manner. In other words, at least one of the compounds having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group represented by the formula (A-1) to the formula (A-21), and the formula (B-1) to the formula (B-36) are used. At least one of the compounds having a vertical alignment inducing structure represented by the formula (b-1) to the formula (b-3), and the fourth represented by the formula (E-1) to the formula (E-28) At least one of carboxylic acid dianhydrides. Further, R1 and R2 in the formula (E-23) are the same or different alkyl group, alkoxy group or halogen atom, and the kind of the halogen atom is arbitrary.

Here, R1 and R2 are an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom.

In addition, to make the alignment before processing. The compound contains two structures, that is, a structure including a group represented by the formula (1) and a structure containing a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group, and is synthesized as a polymer in the form of R2 in the formula (3). In the case of a polyproline which is a compound precursor, for example, a diamine compound and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride are selected in the following manner. In other words, at least one of the compounds having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group represented by the formula (A-1) to the formula (A-21), and the formula (C-1) to the formula (C-24) are used. At least one of the compounds shown and at least one of the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides represented by the formulae (E-1) to (E-28).

In addition, to make the alignment before processing. The compound contains the following two structures, namely, the formula (2) In the case of the structure of the group shown and the structure containing a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group, as a form of R2 in the formula (3), when a polyglycine which is a precursor of a polymer compound is synthesized, for example, the following The diamine compound and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride are selected in the manner described. In other words, at least one of the compounds having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group represented by the formula (A-1) to the formula (A-21), and the formula (D-1) to the formula (D-11) are used. At least one of the compounds shown and at least one of the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides represented by the formulae (E-1) to (E-28).

Preferably, the alignment film is processed before the alignment treatment. Compound or as a treatment before alignment. The content of the polymer compound precursor of the compound is 1% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less. Further, a photopolymerization initiator or the like may be mixed as needed in the alignment film material.

Then, the prepared alignment film material is applied or printed on the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50 so as to cover the pixel electrode 40, the first slit portion 44, and the counter electrode 60, and then heat-treated. The temperature of the heat treatment is preferably 80 ° C or higher, more preferably 150 ° C or higher and 200 ° C or lower. Further, in the heat treatment, the heating temperature may be changed stepwise. Thereby, the solvent contained in the coated or printed alignment film material is evaporated to form an alignment film 21 containing a polymer compound having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group as a side chain (pre-alignment treatment compound). 51. After that, it is also possible to perform treatment such as friction as needed.

Here, it is considered that the alignment film 21, 51 before the alignment treatment. The compound was formed in the state shown in Fig. 6. That is, before the alignment process. The compound includes a main chain Mc (Mc1 to Mc3), a first side chain A containing a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group on the main chain Mc, and a second side chain B, and the main chain Mc1 to Mc3. It exists in a state of no connection. Further, the first side chain A and the second side chain B in this state are oriented in a random direction by thermal motion.

Then, the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50 are disposed so that the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 face each other, and the liquid crystal molecules 71 are sealed between the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51. The liquid crystal layer 70 (step S102). Specifically, for the TFT substrate 20 or CF Any one of the substrates 50 is formed with the faces of the alignment films 21 and 51, and is provided with, for example, plastic beads or the like for ensuring the gap between the cell gaps, and is printed by an epoxy-based adhesive or the like by, for example, a screen printing method. Sealing section. Then, as shown in FIG. 7, the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50 are bonded together via the spacer protrusions and the sealing portion so that the alignment films 21 and 51 face each other, and the liquid crystal material containing the liquid crystal molecules 71 is injected. Then, heating or the like is performed to cure the sealing portion, whereby the liquid crystal material is sealed between the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50. FIG. 7 shows a cross-sectional structure of the liquid crystal layer 70 sealed between the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51.

Next, as shown in FIG. 8, a voltage V1 is applied between the pixel electrode 40 and the counter electrode 60 using a voltage applying mechanism (step S103). The voltage V1 is, for example, 3 volts to 30 volts. Thereby, an electric field in a direction at a specific angle with respect to the surfaces of the first substrate 20 and the second substrate 50 is generated, and the liquid crystal molecules 71A are aligned in a specific direction from the vertical direction of the first substrate 20 to be aligned. Further, the liquid crystal molecules 71B are inclined in a specific direction from the vertical direction of the second substrate 50 to be aligned. That is, the azimuth angle (deflection angle) of the liquid crystal molecules 71 at this time is defined by the strength and direction of the electric field and the molecular structure of the alignment film material, and the polar angle (zenith angle) is the intensity of the electric field and the alignment film material. As defined by the molecular structure. In addition, the inclination angle of the liquid crystal molecules 71 and the second alignment film 51 in the vicinity of the interface between the liquid crystal molecules 71A held by the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 in the vicinity of the interface with the first alignment film 21 are as follows. The first pretilt angle θ ₁ and the second pretilt angle θ ₂ given on the liquid crystal molecules 71B held are substantially equal. Further, the values of the first pretilt angle θ ₁ and the second pretilt angle θ ₂ of the liquid crystal molecules 71A and 71B can be controlled by appropriately adjusting the value of the voltage V1. Further, the second side chain has a structure that induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure that induces vertical alignment (the liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the present invention), or more than 0 degrees from the long axis direction thereof. And having a dipole moment within an angular range of less than 90 degrees, and having a structure for inducing vertical alignment (the liquid crystal display device of the second aspect of the present invention), or having the above structural formula (11) (the present invention) a three-dimensional liquid crystal display device), therefore, when a voltage V1 is applied to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules 71, the second side chains are aligned in a direction depending on the direction of the electric field (for example, a direction slightly inclined from the direction of the electric field), As a result, the second side chain can promote pretilt imparting to the liquid crystal molecules. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device, the value of the voltage applied to the liquid crystal layer in order to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal layer can be lowered.

Further, as shown in FIG. 9, the alignment films 21 and 51 are irradiated with energy rays (specifically, ultraviolet rays UV) from the outside of the TFT substrate 20, for example, directly in a state where the voltage V1 is applied. That is, when an electric field or a magnetic field is applied to the liquid crystal layer, ultraviolet rays are irradiated so that the liquid crystal molecules 71A are arranged in the oblique direction with respect to the surfaces of the pair of substrates 20 and 50. Thereby, before the alignment treatment in the alignment films 21, 51. The crosslinkable functional group or the polymerizable functional group of the compound is reacted before the alignment treatment. The compound is crosslinked (step S104). So, after the alignment process. The compound memory liquid crystal molecules 71 are given a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules 71 in the vicinity of the alignment films 21, 51 in response to the direction. Further, as a result, after the alignment treatment is formed in the alignment films 21, 51. In the non-driving state, the liquid crystal molecules 71A and 71B located in the vicinity of the interface with the first alignment films 21 and 51 in the liquid crystal layer 70 are given pretilt angles θ ₁ and θ ₂ . As the ultraviolet ray UV, ultraviolet rays containing a large amount of light components having a wavelength of from 295 nm to a wavelength of about 365 nm are preferable. The reason for this is that when ultraviolet rays containing a large amount of light components in a wavelength region shorter than the above-described wavelength are used, the liquid crystal molecules 71 are photodecomposed and deteriorate. Here, the ultraviolet light UV is irradiated from the outer side of the TFT substrate 20, but it may be irradiated from the outer side of the CF substrate 50, or may be irradiated from the outer sides of the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50. At this time, it is preferred to irradiate the ultraviolet ray UV to a substrate side having a high transmittance. Further, when the ultraviolet ray UV is irradiated from the outside of the CF substrate 50, depending on the wavelength region of the ultraviolet ray UV, the ultraviolet ray UV is absorbed by the color filter layer, and the crosslinking reaction is less likely to occur. Therefore, it is preferable to irradiate from the outer side (the substrate side having the pixel electrode) of the TFT substrate 20.

Here, after the alignment treatment in the alignment films 21, 51. The compound was formed in the state shown in Fig. 10 . That is, before importing into the alignment process. The orientation of the first side chain A having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group on the main chain Mc of the compound changes depending on the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules 71, and the first side chain A having a relatively close physical distance reacts with each other. The joint portion Cr is formed. It is considered that after the alignment processing thus generated. The compound and the alignment films 21 and 51 apply the first pretilt angle θ ₁ and the second pretilt angle θ ₂ to the liquid crystal molecules 71A and 71B. Furthermore, the joint Cr can be used before the alignment process. Formed between the compounds, before the alignment treatment. The compound is formed internally. That is, as shown in FIG. 10, for example, before the first side chain A having the main chain Mc1 and the alignment treatment having the main chain Mc2. The first side chain A of the compound reacts to form a linking portion Cr. Further, for example, the first side chain A introduced into the same main chain Mc3 may be reacted with each other to form a connecting portion Cr as in the case of the polymer compound having the main chain Mc3. Further, in the case of a polymerizable functional group, a plurality of first side chain A bonds are bonded. Further, the second side chain B is aligned in a direction depending on an electric field direction for imparting a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules 71 (for example, a direction slightly inclined from the electric field direction), and as a result, the second side chain B can promote the pair. The liquid crystal molecules impart a pretilt, and in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device, the value of the voltage applied to the liquid crystal layer in order to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal layer can be lowered.

By the above steps, the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display element) shown in Fig. 1 can be completed.

Regarding the operation of the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display device), in the selected pixel 10, when the driving voltage is applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules 71 contained in the liquid crystal layer 70 is between the pixel electrode 40 and the counter electrode 60. The potential difference varies. Specifically, in the liquid crystal layer 70, by applying a driving voltage, the liquid crystal molecules 71A, 71B located in the vicinity of the alignment films 21, 51 are tilted toward their own oblique directions from the state before the application of the driving voltage as shown in FIG. The motion propagates to other liquid crystal molecules 71C. As a result, the liquid crystal molecules 71 respond as described above, that is, in a state of being substantially horizontal (parallel) with respect to the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50. Thereby, the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal layer 70 are changed, and the incident light incident on the liquid crystal display element becomes modulated modulated light, and grayscale expression is performed based on the emitted light, thereby displaying an image.

Here, in the liquid crystal display device in which the pre-tilt treatment is not performed and the liquid crystal display device including the liquid crystal display device, even when an alignment regulating portion such as a slit portion for restricting alignment of liquid crystal molecules is provided on the substrate, a driving voltage is applied. At the same time, the liquid crystal molecules aligned in the vertical direction with respect to the substrate are also collapsed in a state in which the director is oriented in any direction in the in-plane direction of the substrate. In this manner, the liquid crystal molecules in response to the driving voltage form a state in which the orientation of the director of each liquid crystal molecule is shifted, and the overall alignment is disturbed. Therefore, there is a problem in that the response speed (the rising speed of the image display) is slowed, and the response characteristics are deteriorated, and as a result, the display characteristics are deteriorated. In addition, when the initial driving voltage is set to be higher than the driving voltage of the display state and driven (overdrive), when the initial driving voltage is applied, there are liquid crystal molecules in response and liquid crystal molecules that are hardly responsive, etc. Between, the tilt of the director produces a large difference. When the driving voltage of the display state is applied, the liquid crystal molecules that respond when the initial driving voltage is applied are almost not propagated to other liquid crystal molecules, and the director thereof has become the tilt of the driving voltage corresponding to the display state, and the tilt Propagation to other liquid crystal molecules. As a result, the entire pixel reaches the brightness of the display state when the initial driving voltage is applied, but then the brightness is lowered, and then the brightness of the display state is reached again. That is, if the overdrive is performed, the apparent response speed is increased as compared with the case where it is not overdriven, but there is a problem that it is difficult to obtain sufficient display quality. Furthermore, it is considered that these problems are peculiar to the VA mode liquid crystal display element, and are in an IPS (In-plane Switching) mode or an FFS (Fringe Field Switching) mode liquid crystal display element. More difficult to produce.

In contrast, in the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display device) of the first embodiment and the method of manufacturing the same, the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 apply a specific first pretilt angle θ ₁ to the liquid crystal molecules 71A and 71B. The second pretilt angle θ ₂ . As a result, the problem in the case where the pretilt processing is not performed at all is hard to occur, and the response speed to the driving voltage (the rising speed of the image display) is greatly improved, and the display quality at the time of overdriving is also improved. In addition, since the first slit portion 44 is provided as the alignment restricting portion for restricting the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules 71 on the TFT substrate 20, display characteristics such as viewing angle characteristics are ensured, and thus the display characteristics are maintained while maintaining good display characteristics. The response characteristics are improved. Further, since the liquid crystal molecules are formed into the second pretilt angle θ ₂ by the second alignment film 51, the amount of light transmission during black display can be reduced, and the contrast can be further improved.

Further, in the conventional method for producing a liquid crystal display device (optical alignment film technology), the alignment film is provided with a specific polymer material precursor film provided on the surface of the substrate, and is irradiated with linearly polarized light or inclined with respect to the substrate surface. The direction light (hereinafter referred to as "tilted light") is formed, and thereby the pretilt process is performed. Therefore, there is a problem in that when the alignment film is formed, a large-sized light irradiation device such as a device that irradiates light of linearly polarized light or a device that emits oblique light is required. In addition, there is also a problem that to form a pixel having a multi-domain for realizing a wider viewing angle, a larger device is required, and the manufacturing steps become complicated. In particular, when an alignment film is formed using oblique light, if a structure such as a spacer or irregularities are present on the substrate, a region where oblique light cannot reach is generated in a shadow portion of the structure or the like, and in this region, liquid crystal molecules are difficult to be formed. Perform the desired alignment restrictions. At this time, for example, in order to irradiate the oblique light using a photomask in order to provide a plurality of domains in the pixel, it is necessary to perform pixel design in consideration of diffraction of light. That is, when the alignment film is formed using oblique light, there is also a problem that it is difficult to form a high-definition pixel.

Further, in the case of using a crosslinkable polymer compound as a polymer material in the conventional photoalignment film technology, the crosslinkable functional group or the polymerizable functional group contained in the crosslinkable polymer compound in the precursor film is borrowed. Since the thermal motion moves toward a random orientation (direction), the probability that the crosslinkable functional group or the polymerizable functional group is close to each other is lowered. Further, when a random light (non-polarized light) is irradiated, the crosslinkable functional group or the polymerizable functional group is brought close to each other, whereby the reaction is carried out, and the crosslinkable functional group which reacts with the linearly polarized light is reacted or The polymerizable functional group needs to have a direction in which the polarizing direction and the direction of the reaction site are unified in a specific direction. Further, the oblique light is lower than the vertical light, and the irradiation amount per unit area is lowered in accordance with the expansion of the irradiation area. That is, the reaction due to the linearly polarized light or the oblique light The ratio of the linking functional group or the polymerizable functional group is lowered as compared with the case where the random light (non-polarized light) is irradiated from the direction perpendicular to the substrate surface. Thereby, the crosslinking density (degree of crosslinking) in the formed alignment film is liable to lower.

On the other hand, in the first embodiment, the formation includes the alignment treatment. After the alignment films 21 and 51 of the compound, the liquid crystal layer 70 is sealed between the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51. Then, by applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer 70, the liquid crystal molecules 71 are specifically aligned, and the alignment film 21, 51 is oriented while the liquid crystal molecules 71 define the end structure of the side chain with respect to the substrate or the electrode. Before the alignment process. The compound crosslinks or polymerizes. Thereby, the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 which impart the first pretilt angle θ ₁ and the second pretilt angle θ ₂ to the liquid crystal molecules 71A and 71B can be formed. In other words, according to the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display device) of the first embodiment and the method of manufacturing the same, the response characteristics can be easily improved without using a large-sized device. And, before the alignment process. When the compound is crosslinked or polymerized, the liquid crystal molecules 71 can be given pretilt angles θ ₁ and θ ₂ without depending on the irradiation direction of the ultraviolet rays, so that high-definition pixels can be formed. Furthermore, it is considered to be due to the alignment process. After the orientation of the terminal structure of the side chain in the compound is aligned, the alignment treatment is generated. Compound, so after the alignment treatment. The degree of crosslinking of the compound is higher than that of the alignment film produced by the above prior manufacturing method. As a result, even if it is driven for a long period of time, it is difficult to form a new crosslinked structure during the driving process. Therefore, the pretilt angles θ ₁ and θ _{2 of the} liquid crystal molecules 71A and 71B are maintained at the time of manufacture, and the reliability can be improved. Further, since the second side chain exists, the second side chain is aligned in a direction (for example, a direction slightly inclined from the electric field direction) depending on a direction of an electric field for imparting a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules 71, and as a result, The 2 side chains promote the pretilt imparting to the liquid crystal molecules. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device, the value of the voltage applied to the liquid crystal layer in order to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal layer can be lowered.

At this time, in the first embodiment, after the liquid crystal layer 70 is sealed between the alignment films 21 and 51, the alignment treatment in the alignment films 21 and 51 is performed. Since the compound is crosslinked or polymerized, the transmittance at the time of driving the liquid crystal display element can be continuously increased.

After sealing the liquid crystal layer 70 by the alignment process. In the first embodiment, in which the pre-tilt treatment of the compound is carried out, the first slit portion 44 for restricting the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules 71 in the vicinity of the first alignment film 21 is used, and the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules 71 at the time of driving is used. The direction is given a pretilt. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 12, the direction of the pretilt of the liquid crystal molecules 71 is easily uniform, and thus the order parameter is increased (close to 1). Thereby, when the liquid crystal display element is driven, the liquid crystal molecules 71 exhibit a uniform behavior, and thus the transmittance continuously increases.

In the first embodiment, the alignment treatment is carried out using a main chain having a main structure comprising a polyimine structure. The case of the alignment films 21 and 51 of the compound will be described, but before the alignment treatment. The main chain of the compound is not limited to those containing a polyimine structure. For example, the backbone may also comprise a polyoxyalkylene structure, a polyacrylate structure, a polymethacrylate structure, a maleimide polymer structure, a styrene polymer structure, styrene/methylene chloride. An imine polymer structure, a polysaccharide structure or a polyvinyl alcohol structure, etc., wherein it is preferred to have a main chain comprising a polyoxymethane structure before the alignment treatment. Compound. This is because the same effect as the above-described polymer compound containing a polyimine structure can be obtained. As an alignment treatment with a main chain comprising a polyoxyalkylene structure. The compound may, for example, be a polymer compound containing a polydecane structure represented by the formula (9). R10 and R11 in the formula (9) are arbitrary as long as they are monovalent groups composed of carbon, and it is preferred that either of R10 and R11 contains the first side chain. The reason is that after the alignment process. The compound readily acquires sufficient alignment limiting ability. The crosslinkable functional group or the polymerizable functional group in this case may, for example, be a group represented by the above formula (41).

Here, R10 and R11 are a monovalent organic group, and m1 is an integer of 1 or more.

Further, in the first embodiment, the first slit portion 44 is provided, and the alignment is performed to improve the viewing angle characteristics. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, a protrusion as an alignment restricting portion may be provided on the pixel electrode 40 instead of the first slit portion 44. By providing the projections in this manner, the same effects as in the case of providing the first slit portion 44 can be obtained. Alternatively, instead of the first slit portion 44, the uneven portion is provided on the pixel electrode 40 as described later, and the same effect as the case where the first slit portion 44 is provided can be obtained.

In the example shown in FIG. 1, the first alignment film 21 covering the TFT substrate as the first substrate 20 is subjected to alignment processing. The first pretilt angle θ _{1 is applied to} the liquid crystal molecules 71A on the side of the first substrate (TFT substrate) 20 in the liquid crystal layer 70, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In other words, as shown in FIG. 2, the first substrate 20 can be a CF substrate, and the second substrate 50 can be a TFT substrate. In this case, the same effects as those of the liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 1 can be obtained. However, since various lateral electric fields are generated during driving of the TFT substrate, it is preferable to use a variation of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 2 in which the second substrate 50 is a TFT substrate. Thereby, the alignment disorder of the liquid crystal molecules 71 caused by the lateral electric field can be effectively reduced.

In the following, the other embodiments will be described, and the same components as those in the first embodiment will be denoted by the same reference numerals and will not be described. Further, the same actions and effects as those of the first embodiment are also preferably omitted. Further, the above various technical matters described in the first embodiment are also suitably applied to the following embodiments.

[Embodiment 2]

The second embodiment is also a liquid crystal display device of the present invention, and a method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device according to the second aspect and the third aspect of the present invention.

In the first embodiment, after the alignment treatment. The compound is treated by having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group as the first side chain. The crosslinkable functional group or the polymerizable functional group in the compound is obtained by crosslinking or polymerization. On the other hand, in the second embodiment, after the alignment process. The compound is based on the following alignment treatment. Obtained from the compound, ie, the Before the alignment process. The compound has a photosensitive functional group accompanied by deformation by irradiation with an energy ray as a first side chain.

In the second embodiment, the alignment films 21 and 51 also include one or more polymer compounds having a first side chain having a crosslinked structure and a second side chain (after alignment treatment). And constitute. Further, as described above, the second side chain has a structure that induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure that induces vertical alignment (the liquid crystal display device of the first aspect of the present invention), or is from the long axis direction thereof. a structure having a dipole moment in an angular range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees, and having a structure for inducing vertical alignment (a liquid crystal display device according to a second aspect of the present invention), or having the above structural formula (11), More specifically, it has the above structural formula (12) (the liquid crystal display device of the third aspect of the present invention). Further, the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted by the compound which is deformed. Here, after the alignment process. The compound is formed by forming the alignment films 21 and 51 in a state in which one or two or more polymer compounds having a main chain, a first side chain, and a second side chain (a compound before the alignment treatment) are formed. The liquid crystal layer 70 is provided, and then the polymer compound is deformed, or the polymer compound is irradiated with an energy ray, and more specifically, an electric field or a magnetic field is applied, and the photosensitive functional group contained in the first side chain is generated. Deformation, whereby the above alignment process is generated. Compound. Further, such a state is shown in the schematic diagram of Fig. 14, but in Fig. 14, the second side chain is not shown. Further, in Fig. 14, the direction of the arrow labeled "UV" and the direction of the arrow labeled "voltage" do not indicate the direction in which the ultraviolet light is irradiated or the direction of the applied electric field. And, after the alignment process. The compound includes a structure in which liquid crystal molecules are aligned in a specific direction (specifically, an oblique direction) with respect to one of a pair of substrates (TFT substrate 20 or CF substrate 50). In this manner, after the polymer compound is deformed or the polymer compound is irradiated with an energy ray, the alignment films 21 and 51 are subjected to alignment treatment. The compound can impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules 71 in the vicinity of the alignment films 21 and 51, so that the response speed (the rising speed of the image display) is increased, and the display characteristics are improved. Further, since the second side chain is present, when a voltage is applied to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules 71, the second side chain depends on the direction of the electric field. The alignment is performed (for example, in a direction slightly inclined from the direction of the electric field), and as a result, the second side chain can promote pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device, the value of the voltage applied to the liquid crystal layer in order to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal layer can be lowered.

The photosensitive functional group may, for example, be an azobenzene compound having an azo group, a compound having an imine and an aldimine in the skeleton (referred to as "aldimine" for convenience), and having styrene The compound of the skeleton (called "茋" for convenience). As a result of the deformation of the compounds in response to an energy ray (e.g., ultraviolet ray), that is, as a result of the transition from the trans-state to the cis state, the liquid crystal molecules can be pre-tilted.

The "X" in the azobenzene-based compound represented by the formula (AZ-0) is specifically exemplified by the following formula (AZ-1) to formula (AZ-9).

Here, either R or R" is directly bonded to a benzene ring containing a diamine, or bonded via an ether or an ester, and the other is a terminal group, and R, R', and R" have a hydrogen atom. A halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a monovalent group of a carbonate group, or the like, and a terminal group may have R ₂ ' of the formula (1) and R ₁₃ ' of the formula (2) therebetween. Thereby, the tilt can be more easily given. R" is directly bonded to a benzene ring containing a diamine or directly bonded via an ether, an ester or the like.

In the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment and the method of manufacturing the same, the alignment treatment is performed except for the photosensitive functional group having the deformation caused by the irradiation of the energy ray (specifically, ultraviolet ray). Other than the compound, it can be substantially the same as the liquid crystal display device and the method of manufacturing the same as described in the first embodiment, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.

[Embodiment 3]

The third embodiment is also a liquid crystal display device of the present invention, and further relates to a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to a third aspect of the present invention. In the third embodiment, the side chain in which the first side chain and the second side chain are bonded as shown in the structural formula (13) is bonded. Specifically, examples of the bonding side chain include a structure represented by the above formula (G-K01) to formula (G-K12). Further, the ring R, the ring X, and the A ₁ to A ₄ in the formula (13) may be the above (G-A01) to the formula (G-A20) and the formula (G-B01) to the formula (G- B20), formula (G-C01)~ (G-C16), formula (G-D01)~ (G-D16), formula (G-E01)~ (G-E02), formula (G-F01) The structure exemplified by the formula (G-F12), the formula (G-H01)-form (G-H12), and the formula (G-J01)-form (G-J14) is replaced. In addition, after the alignment process. The compound is treated by a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group as a bonding side chain. The crosslinkable functional group or the polymerizable functional group in the compound is obtained by crosslinking or polymerization.

In the third embodiment, the bonding side chain in the polymer compound constituting the alignment films 21 and 51 has the above structural formula (13). Further, the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted by a compound which undergoes crosslinking or polymerization. After the alignment process. The compound is formed by forming the alignment films 21 and 51 in a state in which one or two or more polymer compounds having a main chain and a bonded side chain (the compound before the alignment treatment) are formed, and then the liquid crystal layer 70 is provided. Then, the polymer compound is crosslinked or polymerized, and more specifically, a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group contained in the bonded side chain is applied while applying an electric field or a magnetic field (specifically, "A ₀₂ ") to carry out the reaction, thereby generating the above alignment treatment. Compound. And, after the alignment process. The compound includes a structure (specifically, a bonding side chain) in which liquid crystal molecules are aligned in a specific direction (specifically, an oblique direction) with respect to a pair of substrates (specifically, the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50). In this manner, by crosslinking or polymerizing the polymer compound (the compound before the alignment treatment), the alignment films 21 and 51 are subjected to the alignment treatment. The compound can impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules 71 in the vicinity of the alignment films 21 and 51, so that the response speed (the rising speed of the image display) is increased, and the display characteristics are improved.

The method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device of the third embodiment is to form the first alignment film 21 on one of the pair of substrates (specifically, the substrate 20). On the other of the pair of substrates (specifically, the substrate 50), a second alignment film 51 including a polymer compound having a bonding side chain and then a pair of substrates 20 is formed. And 50, the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 are disposed to face each other, and the liquid crystal molecules 71 having negative dielectric anisotropy are sealed between the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51. The liquid crystal layer 70, in turn, crosslinks or polymerizes the bonding side chain in the polymer compound to impart pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules 71.

In addition, since the bonding side chain has the characteristics as described above, when an electric field is applied to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules 71, the second side chain is in a direction depending on the direction of the electric field (for example, a direction slightly inclined from the direction of the electric field) The upper alignment allows the second side chain to promote pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules. As a result, in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device, the value of the voltage applied to the liquid crystal layer in order to impart a pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal layer can be lowered.

[Example 1]

Embodiment 1 is a liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display device) according to a first aspect to a third aspect of the present invention, a method of manufacturing the same, and a liquid crystal display device according to a first aspect to a third aspect of the present invention (liquid crystal display device) Manufacturing method of display element). In the first embodiment, the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display element) shown in Fig. 1 was produced by the following procedure.

First, the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50 are prepared. As the TFT substrate 20, a substrate including the ITO pixel electrode 40 having a slit pattern (a line width of 4 μm and a slit portion 44 of 4 μm between lines) was formed on one surface side of a glass substrate having a thickness of 0.7 mm. Further, as the CF substrate 50, a substrate on which a counter electrode 60 containing ITO is formed over the entire color filter layer is used on a color filter layer of a glass substrate having a thickness of 0.7 mm in which a color filter layer is formed. . The electric field applied between the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50 is inclined by the slit pattern formed on the pixel electrode 40.

On the other hand, an alignment film material for the first alignment film and the second alignment film was prepared.

In this case, for example, first, in order to obtain Example 1-A to Example 1-L, a compound having a crosslinkable functional group represented by the formula (A-8) as a diamine compound and a formula (C-1) The compound having a group which can be formed along the liquid crystal molecule 71, the compound which is represented by the formula (12) and which exhibits the following second side chain, and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (E-2), It was dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) at a molar ratio of 12.5%, 2.5%, 35%, and 50%. Further, among the various compounds constituting the second side chain shown in Table 1, m-phenylenediamine was bonded to "A ₀ ".

Alternatively, in order to obtain Example 1-M, a compound having a crosslinkable functional group represented by the formula (A-8) as a diamine compound and a compound represented by the formula (C-1) may be present along the liquid crystal molecule 71. a compound of the group, a compound having a side chain of a bond represented by the formula (G-K07), and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (E-2) at a molar ratio of 7.5%, 2.5%, 40%, 50% was dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP).

Then, after reacting the solutions at 60 ° C for 6 hours, a large excess of pure water was poured into the solution after the reaction to precipitate a reaction product. Next, the precipitated solid matter was separated, washed with pure water, and dried at 40 ° C for 15 hours under reduced pressure, whereby the synthesis was carried out as an alignment treatment. The polymer compound precursor of the compound is polylysine. Finally, 3.0 g of the obtained polyamic acid was dissolved in NMP to form a solution having a solid content concentration of 3% by mass, and then filtered using a 0.2 μm filter. Thus, an alignment film material (Example 1-A to Example 1-M) for forming the alignment films 21, 51 was obtained.

The compound constituting the second side chain can be introduced into A ₁ , A ₂ , A ₃ , A _{4 ,} etc. by the ring X and the ring R in the structural formula (11), the structural formula (12) or the structural formula (13). Obtained from a specific base, the introduction of such a base can be carried out by a well-known general organic synthesis method. As a representative synthesis example, "New Experimental Chemistry Lecture 14 Synthesis and Reaction of Organic Compounds", Maruzen Co., Ltd. (1978), or "Fourth Edition Experimental Chemistry Lecture 19~26 Organic Synthesis I~VIII" The method described in Maruzen Co., Ltd. (1991) and the like.

Specifically, for example, the aryl boronic acid (21) is reacted with a compound (22) synthesized by a known method in the presence of a catalyst such as a carbonate aqueous solution or tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium to synthesize the compound (1A). . Alternatively, the compound (1A) can be synthesized by reacting a compound (23) synthesized by a known method with n-butyllithium, followed by reaction with zinc chloride, and bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride. The compound (22) is reacted in the presence of a catalyst. Further, "MSG" means a liquid crystal priming unit.

Alternatively, the compound (24) is reduced with a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride to obtain a compound (25). This compound (25) is halogenated with hydrobromic acid to obtain a compound (26). Then on carbon The compound (26) is reacted with the compound (27) in the presence of potassium acid to synthesize the compound (1B), whereby a compound constituting the second side chain can also be obtained.

Then, the prepared alignment film material was applied to the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50 by using a spin coater (see Table 1), and then the coated film was dried by a hot plate at 80 ° C for 80 seconds. Thereafter, the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50 were heated in an oven at 200 ° C for 1 hour in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the first alignment film 21 having a thickness of 90 nm on the pixel electrode 40 is formed, and the CF substrate 50 having a thickness of 90 nm of the second alignment film 51 on the counter electrode 60 is formed.

Then, an ultraviolet curable resin containing cerium oxide particles having a particle diameter of 3.5 μm is applied to the periphery of the pixel portion on the CF substrate 50 to form a sealing portion, and the portion contained therein is dripped and contains a negative portion. A liquid crystal material of a dielectric anisotropy negative liquid crystal MLC-7029 (manufactured by Merck). Thereafter, the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50 are bonded together to cure the sealing portion. Then, it was heated in an oven at 120 ° C for 1 hour to completely harden the sealing portion. Thereby, various liquid crystal display devices including liquid crystal cells sealed with the liquid crystal layer 70 can be completed.

Thereafter, an alternating electric field (60 Hz) of a rectangular wave having an effective value of 5 volts, 10 volts, and 20 volts was applied to the liquid crystal cell thus fabricated, and in this state, uniform ultraviolet rays of 500 mJ (measured at a wavelength of 365 nm) were irradiated. Before the alignment treatment in the alignment films 21, 51. Compound Carry out the reaction. Thereby, on the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50, after the alignment treatment is formed. The alignment films 21, 51 of the compound. Thereby, liquid crystal display devices (liquid crystal display elements) having various pretilt angles formed by the liquid crystal molecules 71A and 71B on the TFT substrate 20 and the CF substrate 50 side can be completed (see FIG. 1). Finally, on the outside of the liquid crystal display device, a pair of polarizing plates are attached in such a manner that the absorption axes are orthogonal.

An alignment film material was prepared in the same manner as the alignment film material of the example except that the materials used were different, as shown in Table 1, as Comparative Example 1-A and Comparative Example 1-B. Specifically, a compound having a crosslinkable functional group represented by the formula (A-8), a compound having a vertical alignment inducing structure represented by the formula (C-1) or the formula (C-2), as an adjustment The 1,4-phenylenediamine represented by the formula (J-1) and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (E-2) are dissolved at a molar ratio of 12.5%, 2.5%, 35%, and 50%. An alignment film material was prepared from N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), and a liquid crystal display device was produced in the same manner as above.

The response time (the rise time of the image display) and the pretilt angle θ were measured for a liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display device) using the alignment film materials. The results are shown in Table 2.

When the response time was measured, an LCD 5200 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.) was used as a measuring device, and a driving voltage (7.5 V) was applied between the pixel electrode 40 and the counter electrode 60, and the self-brightness was changed from 10% to the corresponding driving voltage. The time until the 90% brightness of the gray scale is used (the rise time of the image display) is measured. Further, when the rise time is 10 milliseconds or less, the response time is considered to be good, and Table 2 describes "response ○". On the other hand, when the rise time exceeds 10 milliseconds, the response time is considered to be poor, and is shown as "response x" in Table 2.

In addition, when the pretilt angle θ of the liquid crystal molecule 71 is investigated, according to a known method (T.J. Scheffer et al., J. Appl. Phys., vol. 19, 2013, method described in 1980) were measured by a crystal rotation method using a He-Ne laser beam. In addition, the pretilt angle θ is the liquid crystal molecule 71 in a state where the driving voltage is off when the direction perpendicular to the surface of the substrates 20 and 50 (the normal direction) is Z as shown in the above and FIG. 4 . 71A, 71B) The angle of inclination of the director D with respect to the Z direction.

Comparing Example 1-A to Example 1-M with Comparative Example 1-A to Comparative Example 1-B, in Comparative Example 1-A to Comparative Example 1-B, the applied voltage when pre-tilting treatment was At 5 volts and 10 volts, the response time is not good. At 20 volts, the response time is good. In the embodiment 1-A to the embodiment 1-M, the response time was also good when the applied voltage at the pretilt treatment was 5 volts. Further, in the case where the applied voltage was the same, in Example 1-A to Example 1-M, the pretilt angle θ larger than Comparative Example 1-A to Comparative Example 1-B was obtained. That is, it is possible to impart pretilt with a lower voltage, and it is possible to provide pretilt with a power supply device that does not require a high voltage and is inexpensive. Further, it has been found that a liquid crystal display device which can easily improve response characteristics can be manufactured without using a large-scale manufacturing apparatus.

[Embodiment 2]

In other words, when the slit portion is formed in the first electrode, there is a problem in that a slit including a minute line and a space has a portion where an electric field cannot be applied, and further, at the edge of the line. In the vicinity, when a voltage is applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules exhibits a twisted structure, and thus the light transmittance is lowered.

In the second embodiment, the configuration and structure of the first electrode were modified. Specifically, in the second embodiment, instead of forming the slit portion in the first electrode, a plurality of concavo-convex portions are formed on the first electrode, whereby the above problem can be surely avoided. This form is referred to as "the first structure of the first electrode".

Alternatively, a plurality of concave and convex portions may be formed on the first electrode, and at least the concave portion and the concave portion of the first electrode may be filled with a planarization layer. In such a form, the portion where the liquid crystal molecules are in contact with the first electrode side is flat or substantially flat. Therefore, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules can be made uniform, and as a result, the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display device can be made uniform. This form is referred to as "the second structure of the first electrode".

In the second structure of the first electrode, the highest height of the top surface of the planarization layer is H _H based on the bottom surface of the concave portion, and the lowest height of the top surface of the planarization layer is H _L , preferably 0.5. ≦H _L /H _H ≦1

More preferably, it is 0.8 ≦H _L /H _H ≦1.

Further, in the second structure including the first electrode of the above preferred embodiment, when the height of the convex portion based on the bottom surface of the concave portion is H _C , it is preferable to satisfy 0.5 ≦ H _H /H _C ≦ 5

It is preferably 0.75 ≦H _H /H _C ≦1.5.

Further, the second structure including the electrode of the preferred embodiment described above may be such that the planarization layer covers the first electrode and further includes a first alignment film covering the planarization layer and a second alignment layer covering the second electrode In the film, the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted at least by the first alignment film. Further, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the first electrode of the first form". Alternatively, the planarizing layer may be coated with the first electrode, and further includes a first alignment film covering the first electrode and a second alignment film covering the second electrode, and the liquid crystal molecules may be pretilted at least by the first alignment film. The first alignment film corresponds to a planarization layer. Further, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the first electrode of the second form". Alternatively, the flattening layer may be filled between the concave portion of the first electrode and the concave portion, and further include a first alignment film covering the first electrode and the planarization layer, and a second alignment film covering the second electrode. The liquid crystal molecules impart pretilt at least by the first alignment film. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the first electrode of the third form".

Here, examples of the material of the planarization layer constituting the first electrode of the first form or the first electrode of the third form include a polymer material such as a resist material, a photosensitive polyimide resin, or an acrylic resin. The material may also be an inorganic material such as SiO ₂ or SiN or SiON. In addition, as a material of the planarization layer which comprises the 1st electrode of a 2nd form, the material which comprises the 1st alignment film in this invention is mentioned. The planarization layer may be formed based on various coating methods depending on the material to be used, or may be formed by physical vapor deposition (PVD) methods such as various vacuum evaporation methods or sputtering methods, or It can also be formed based on various chemical vapor deposition methods (CVD methods). The planarization layer fills the recess between the recess and the recess of the first electrode, or covers the first electrode, depending on the material constituting the planarization layer or the composition or characteristics of the composition including the material constituting the planarization layer (for example, The solid content concentration or viscosity, the solvent used), the formation method of the planarization layer, the formation conditions, and the like. The alignment film can also be formed based on, for example, various coating methods.

Here, examples of the coating method include the following methods of applying a liquid material: a screen printing method, an inkjet printing method, a stencil printing method, a reverse offset printing method, a gravure printing method, and a gravure printing method. Various printing methods such as letterpress printing, soft printing, micro-touching, spin coating, air knife coating, blade coating, rod coating, knife coating, extrusion coating, Reverse roll coating method, transfer roll coating method, gravure coating method, contact coating method, cast coating method, spray coating method, slit coating method, slit coating method, coating method, calender coating Various coating methods such as a cloth method, a casting method, a capillary coating method, a bar coating method, and a dipping method; a spray method; a method using a dispenser, that is, a stamp method.

Here, in the first electrode of the first form to the first electrode of the third form, when the average film thickness of the first alignment film is T ₁ and the average film thickness of the second alignment film is T ₂ , it is preferably. To satisfy 0.5≦T ₂ /T ₁ ≦1.5

More preferably, it is 0.8 ≦ T ₂ / T ₁ ≦ 1.2. Here, the average film thickness of the alignment film is a value obtained by dividing the volume of the alignment film of one pixel (or one sub-pixel) by the area of one pixel (or one sub-pixel). By setting the value of T ₂ /T _{1 in} such a manner that the average film thickness of the first alignment film and the average film thickness of the second alignment film are set to be equal to or substantially equal to each other, it is possible to reliably prevent image sticking or the like from occurring.

The first structure of the first electrode or the second structure of the first electrode may be configured such that a plurality of step portions are formed in the convex portion provided on the first electrode. Further, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the 3A structure of the first electrode".

In the 3A structure of the first electrode, since a plurality of step portions (height difference) are formed in the convex portion, an electric field is generated in the convex portion or a transverse electric field is generated. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the convex portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the convex portion can be surely defined. Therefore, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and achieving a more uniform high light transmittance, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce the power consumption, and to improve the TFT. Reliability.

The first structure of the first electrode, the second structure of the first electrode, and the third AA structure of the first electrode may be such that the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion extending through a central portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a self-drying convex portion a plurality of branch and convex portions extending toward the peripheral portion of the pixel. In addition, for the sake of convenience, such a form is referred to as "the first electrode structure of the first electrode", "the first electrode structure of the first electrode", and "the third electrode structure of the first electrode". Here, in the 1-1st structure of the first electrode, the 2-1st structure of the first electrode, and the 3A-1 structure of the first electrode, the following form may be employed: assuming a dry convex extending in a cross shape When the portion is the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, respectively, the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, occupying the second quadrant The plurality of branch convex portions extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the third quadrant are parallel to the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases. The ground extends, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases. The arrangement state of such a branching and convex portion is called a multi-domain electrode structure, and since a region in which the branching convex portions extend in different directions is formed in one pixel, a viewing angle can be obtained. Feature enhancements.

Furthermore, it is preferable that the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the first quadrant extend at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to the X-axis, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the second quadrant have their axes and the X-axis. Extending at 135 degrees, a plurality of branch protrusions occupying the third quadrant extend with an axis 225 degrees from the X axis, and a plurality of branch protrusions occupying the fourth quadrant extend at an angle of 315 degrees from the X axis. However, it is not limited to the equivalent value (angle). The same is true below.

Further, the third A-1 structure including the first electrode of the above-described preferred embodiment may be a dry convex portion when the dry convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion. The cross-sectional shape is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the center of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion toward the edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion. Moreover, the 3A-1 structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form in which the dry convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the dry convex portion. The cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the central portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion.

Furthermore, the 3A-1 structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form in which the branch convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion. The cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the center of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion. Moreover, the 3A-1 structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form in which the branch convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the branch convex portion. The cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

Further, the 1-1st structure of the first electrode, the 2-1st structure of the first electrode, and the 3A-1th structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be as follows: An alignment regulating portion is formed in the second electrode portion corresponding to the portion. Here, the alignment regulating portion may be in the form of a slit portion provided in the second electrode, or may be included in the second electrode. The shape of the pole portion may alternatively include a second electrode portion formed in a protruding shape. The protrusions include, for example, a resist material on which the second electrode is not formed. In order to provide the second electrode portion formed in a protruding shape, a convex portion may be formed on the lower side of the second electrode, or may be formed in the same manner as the method of forming the convex portion of the uneven portion in the first electrode. a second electrode portion having a protrusion shape. Preferably, the slit portion or the projection portion and the second electrode portion formed in a protruding shape have a width smaller than the width of the dry convex portion. The same applies to the third B-1 structure of the first electrode and the third C structure of the first electrode.

Alternatively, the first structure of the first electrode, the second structure of the first electrode, and the third AA structure of the first electrode may be such that the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a self-drying convex portion. The portion has a plurality of branch and convex portions extending toward the inside of the pixel. In addition, for the sake of convenience, such a form is referred to as "the first 1-2 structure of the first electrode", "the second electrode structure of the first electrode", and "the third electrode structure of the first electrode". Here, in the first 1-2 structure of the first electrode, the second-2 structure of the first electrode, and the third A-2 structure of the first electrode, a configuration may be adopted in which it is assumed that the pixel center portion and the pixel periphery are passed. When the parallel lines are respectively used as the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, occupying The plurality of branch convex portions in the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the value of the Y coordinate decreases when the value of the plurality of branch convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the third quadrant decreases. The direction extends in parallel, and a plurality of branch convex portions occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with a direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases.

Further, the third A-2 structure including the first electrode of the above-described preferred embodiment may be a dry convex portion when the dry convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion. The cross-sectional shape is as follows: the step portion is a side edge portion other than the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion The inner edge portion of the cross-sectional shape toward the dry convex portion is lowered.

Further, the 3A-2 structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form in which the branch convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion. The cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the center of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion. Further, the 3A-2 structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form in which the branch convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the branch convex portion. The cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

Further, the first 1-2 structure of the first electrode, the second-2 structure of the first electrode, and the third A-2 structure including the first electrode of the various preferred embodiments described above may be in the form of the first electrode. A slit portion or a protrusion portion that passes through the center portion of the pixel and is parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel is formed on the upper portion. The protrusions include, for example, a resist material on which the first electrode is not formed. Alternatively, the first electrode may be formed by a concave portion surrounded by a cross-shaped convex portion of the pixel center portion. Such a cross-shaped convex portion may be provided by forming a cross-shaped convex portion on the lower side of the first electrode, or may be provided in the same manner as the method of forming the uneven portion in the first electrode. Alternatively, instead of providing a slit portion or a protrusion portion (rib portion), a cross-shaped concave portion passing through the center portion of the pixel may be provided. The same applies to the third B-2 structure of the first electrode and the third DD structure of the first electrode.

Further, the 1-1st structure of the first electrode, the 1-2th structure of the first electrode, the 2-1st structure of the first electrode, and the 2-2th structure of the first electrode include various preferred embodiments described above. The 3A-1 structure of the first electrode of the first electrode or the 3A-2 structure of the first electrode may be a form from the portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel to the first substrate corresponding to the peripheral portion of the pixel. In part, a convex structure is formed, and a peripheral portion of the uneven portion is formed on the convex structure. Further, the convex structure may be formed based on a black matrix containing a well-known material.

The 1-1st structure of the first electrode may be combined with the 1-2th structure of the first electrode, or the 2-1st structure of the first electrode may be combined with the 2-2th structure of the first electrode. In other words, the uneven portion may include a dry convex portion extending through a central portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel, and being joined to the plurality of branch convex portions. A dry convex portion having a frame shape is formed in the peripheral portion of the pixel. In addition, for the sake of convenience, such a form is referred to as "the first 1-3 structure of the first electrode" and "the 2-3th structure of the first electrode". Here, in the first to third structures of the first electrode and the third to third structures of the first electrode, the following configuration may be employed: it is assumed that the dry convex portions extending in a cross shape are respectively referred to as an X-axis and a Y-axis ( In the X, Y) coordinate system, the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, occupying a plurality of branch convex portions and X coordinates in the second quadrant When the value decreases, the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases increases in parallel, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, occupying a plurality of the fourth quadrant The branch convex portion extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases.

Alternatively, the first structure of the first electrode and the second structure of the first electrode may be configured to be formed from a portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel to a first substrate portion corresponding to the peripheral portion of the pixel. There is a convex structure, and a peripheral portion of the uneven portion is formed on the convex structure. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the 3B structure of the first electrode".

In the third structure of the first electrode, since the peripheral portion of the uneven portion is formed on the convex structure, a stronger electric field is generated in the peripheral portion of the uneven portion than in the case where the peripheral portion of the uneven portion is flat. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the peripheral portion of the uneven portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the peripheral portion of the uneven portion can be surely defined. because Therefore, good voltage response characteristics can be maintained. Further, the configuration and configuration of the 3B structure of the first electrode can be applied to the first 1-1 structure including the first electrode, the first 1-2 structure of the first electrode, and the first to third structures of the first electrode. The first structure of the first electrode can also be applied to the second structure including the 2-1st structure of the first electrode, the 2-2th structure of the first electrode, and the first electrode of the 2-3th structure of the first electrode. .

Further, the third BB of the first electrode may be configured such that the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion extending through the center portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel. Further, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 3B-1 structure of the first electrode". Here, in the third B-1 structure of the first electrode, a configuration may be adopted in which it is assumed that the dry convex portions extending in a cross shape are the (X, Y) coordinate systems of the X-axis and the Y-axis, respectively. The plurality of branch convex portions of the quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the second quadrant are parallel to the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases. The ground extension, the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the value of the plurality of branch convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the fourth quadrant increases. The direction in which the values of the coordinates decrease decreases in parallel.

Further, the third B-1 structure including the first electrode of the above-described preferred embodiment may be such that an alignment restricting portion is formed in the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. Here, the alignment regulating portion may be in a form including a slit portion provided in the second electrode, or may be in a form including a protruding portion provided on the second electrode.

Alternatively, the third BB of the first electrode may have a configuration in which the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the inside of the pixel. Further, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 3B-2 structure of the first electrode". Here, in the 3B-2 structure of the first electrode, the following form can be adopted: When the straight line parallel to the pixel peripheral portion and the pixel parallel portion are used as the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, respectively, the value of the Y coordinate increases when the value of the plurality of branch convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the first quadrant increases. The direction extends in parallel, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the value of the plurality of branch convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the third quadrant is decreased. The direction in which the value of the hour Y coordinate decreases is parallel to extend, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases.

Further, the third B-2 structure including the first electrode of the above-described preferred embodiment may be such that a slit portion or a protrusion portion that passes through the pixel center portion and is parallel to the pixel peripheral portion is formed on the first electrode.

Furthermore, the 3B structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be in the form of a convex structure formed based on a black matrix containing a well-known material.

Alternatively, the first structure of the first electrode and the second structure of the first electrode may be configured such that the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion extending through the center portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and the self-drying convex portion extending toward the peripheral portion of the pixel The plurality of branch convex portions are formed with an alignment restricting portion at the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the 3C structure of the first electrode".

In the 3rd configuration of the first electrode, since the alignment regulating portion is formed in the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion, the electric field generated by the second electrode is strained in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion, or the alignment restricting portion The direction of lodging of nearby liquid crystal molecules is regulated. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion can be surely defined. Therefore, when the image is displayed, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. That is, it can provide a kind of energy It is possible to maintain a good voltage response characteristic and to realize a more uniform high transmittance liquid crystal display device, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce the power consumption, and to improve the reliability of the TFT.

Further, in the 3C configuration of the first electrode, the alignment regulating portion may be in the form of a slit portion provided in the second electrode, or may include a projection portion provided on the second electrode.

Alternatively, the first structure of the first electrode and the second structure of the first electrode may be configured such that the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of dry convex portions extending toward the inside of the pixel Each of the branch convex portions is formed with a slit portion or a protruding portion that passes through the center portion of the pixel and is parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel on the first electrode. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the 3D structure of the first electrode".

In the 3D structure of the first electrode, since the slit portion or the protrusion portion that is parallel to the pixel peripheral portion through the pixel center portion is formed on the first electrode, the slit is not formed in the first electrode. In the case of the concave portion, the electric field generated by the first electrode is strained in the vicinity of the slit portion, or the lodging direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the protrusion portion or in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion is defined. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the slit portion or the protrusion portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the slit portion or the protrusion portion can be surely defined. Therefore, when the image is displayed, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. In other words, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and achieving a more uniform high light transmittance, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce power consumption, and to improve the TFT. Reliability.

Further, the 3D structure of the first electrode may be formed such that a projection image of a portion of the first substrate located between the pixel and the pixel overlaps with a projection image of the black matrix. The black matrix may be a form in which a black matrix is formed so as to overlap a projected image of a region from a portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel to an end portion of the uneven portion and a projected image of the black matrix.

The width of the branch convex portion and the concave portion may be 1 μm to 20 μm, and preferably 2 μm to 10 μm. When the width of the convex portion and the concave portion is less than 1 μm, it is difficult to form the convex portion and the concave portion, and sufficient production yield cannot be ensured. On the other hand, when the width of the convex portion and the concave portion exceeds 20 μm, when a driving voltage is applied to the first electrode and the second electrode, it is difficult to generate a good oblique electric field between the first electrode and the second electrode. The width of the dry convex portion can be, for example, 2 × 10 ^-6 m to 2 × 10 ^-5 m, and preferably 4 × 10 ^-6 m to 1.5 × 10 ^-5 m. The height from the concave portion to the convex portion closest to the concave portion can be, for example, 5 × 10 ^-8 m to 1 × 10 ^-6 m, preferably 1 × 10 ^-7 m to 5 × 10 ^-7 m, as a convex The height of each step portion in the portion (the height difference between the adjacent top surfaces of the convex portions constituting the step portion) may be, for example, 5 × 10 ^-8 m to 1 × 10 ^-6 m, preferably 1 × 10 ^-7 m~5×10 ^-7 m. Moreover, good alignment control can be achieved, and sufficient manufacturing yield can be ensured, and the light transmittance can be prevented from being lowered and the processing time can be prolonged.

Alternatively, the first structure of the first electrode and the second structure of the first electrode may have a configuration in which the width of the convex portion provided in one of the first electrodes is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the fourth structure of the first electrode".

In the fourth configuration of the first electrode, a plurality of uneven portions are formed on the first electrode, and a width of the convex portion provided in one of the first electrodes is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion. Therefore, the generation of dark lines can be further reduced. That is, a more uniform high light transmittance can be achieved, and generation of dark lines can be suppressed.

The fourth structure of the first electrode may be characterized in that the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion extending through a central portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions The portion corresponds to a convex portion provided at one of the first electrodes, Among the widths of the branch convex portions, the portion of the branch convex portion joined to the dry convex portion is the widest, and the portion joined from the dry convex portion is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion. For the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 4A structure of the first electrode". Further, for the sake of convenience, the two opposite sides of the branch convex portion from the portion joined to the dry convex portion to the distal end portion are referred to as "side edges".

In the fourth embodiment of the first electrode, a configuration may be adopted in which a plurality of branches occupying the first quadrant are assumed when the dry convex portions extending in a cross shape are respectively the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis. The convex portion extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases when the value of the X coordinate increases, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases. The plurality of branch convex portions of the three quadrants extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the value of the Y coordinate decreases when the value of the plurality of branch convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the fourth quadrant increases. The directions extend in parallel. The fourth C-1 structure of the first electrode and the fourth D-1 structure of the first electrode may be the same.

Alternatively, the fourth structure of the first electrode may be such that the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the inside of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions The portion corresponds to a convex portion provided in one of the first electrodes, and the width of the branch convex portion is the widest portion of the branch convex portion joined to the dry convex portion, and is gradually narrowed from the portion joined to the dry convex portion toward the distal end portion. For the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 4B structure of the first electrode".

In the fourth embodiment of the first electrode, a configuration may be adopted in which it is assumed that a straight line passing through the center portion of the pixel and parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel is used as the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, respectively, and the first quadrant is occupied. The plurality of branch convex portions extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases. The plurality of branch convex portions occupying the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the value of the Y coordinate decreases when the value of the plurality of branch convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the third quadrant decreases. The small direction extends in parallel, and a plurality of branch convex portions occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with a direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases. The same applies to the fourth C-2 structure of the first electrode and the fourth D-2 structure of the first electrode.

In the fourth A-structure of the first electrode or the fourth B-structure of the first electrode, the width of the branch convex portion may be such that the portion joined to the dry convex portion is linearly narrowed toward the distal end portion (constituting the branch convex portion) The side of each part is composed of one line segment, and the rate of change of the width is fixed. However, the shape is not limited thereto, and the shape may be narrowed in a curved shape (the sides of the branch convex portion are smoothed by one line) The curved line is formed in a shape in which the rate of change of the width is changed. The side portions constituting the branch convex portion may be formed by two or more line segments or curved lines, or may be in a stepped shape (the respective convex portions are formed). The side is in the form of a step).

The 4A structure of the first electrode including the preferred embodiment described above may be such that an alignment restricting portion is formed in the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. When the alignment regulating portion is formed in the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion, the electric field generated by the second electrode is strained in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion, or the lodging direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion Subject to regulations. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion can be surely defined. Therefore, when the image is displayed, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. In other words, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and achieving a more uniform high light transmittance, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce the power consumption, and to improve the TFT. Reliability.

The 4B structure of the first electrode including the preferred embodiment described above may be such that a slit passing through the center portion of the pixel and parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel is formed on the first electrode. Part or protrusion. Further, no electrode is formed in the slit portion or the protrusion portion. In addition, when the slit portion or the protrusion portion that passes through the center portion of the pixel and is parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel is formed in the first electrode, the first electrode is formed by forming a flat recess portion in which the slit portion or the protrusion portion is not formed in the first electrode. The electric field generated by the first electrode is strained in the vicinity of the slit portion, or the lodging direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the protrusion portion is defined. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the slit portion or the protrusion portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the slit portion or the protrusion portion can be surely defined. Therefore, when the image is displayed, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. In other words, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and achieving a more uniform high light transmittance, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce the power consumption, and to improve the TFT. Reliability.

Further, the fourth configuration of the first electrode may be such that a plurality of step portions are formed in the convex portion provided in the first electrode. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 4C structure of the first electrode". If a plurality of step portions (height difference) are formed in the convex portion as described above, an electric field is generated in the convex portion or a transverse electric field is generated. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the convex portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the convex portion can be surely defined. Therefore, when the image is displayed, for example, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. In other words, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and achieving a more uniform high light transmittance, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce the power consumption, and to improve the TFT. Reliability.

The 4C configuration of the first electrode may be such that the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion extending through the center portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel. Further, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 4C-1 structure of the first electrode". Further, the fourth C-1 structure of the first electrode is substantially a combination of the fourth A structure of the first electrode and the fourth C structure of the first electrode.

Further, the 4C-1 structure of the first electrode including the above preferred embodiment may be in the following form When the dry convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion is as follows: the step portion is from the center of the sectional shape of the dry convex portion toward the dry convex portion The edge of the cross-sectional shape is lowered. Further, the fourth C-1 structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form in which the dry convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the dry convex portion. The cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the central portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion.

Further, the fourth C-1 structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form in which the branch convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion. The cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the center of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion. Further, the fourth C-1 structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form in which the branch convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the branch convex portion. The cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

Further, the fourth C-1 structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be such that an alignment restricting portion is formed in the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. In the fourth A-structure of the first electrode or the fourth C-1 structure of the first electrode, the alignment regulating portion may include a slit portion provided in the second electrode, or may include a projection portion provided on the second electrode. Alternatively, the second electrode portion formed in a protruding shape may be included. The protrusions include, for example, a resist material on which the second electrode is not formed. In order to provide the second electrode portion formed in a protruding shape, a convex portion may be formed on the lower side of the second electrode, or may be formed in the same manner as the method of forming the convex portion of the uneven portion in the first electrode. a second electrode portion having a protrusion shape. In the 4C-1 structure of the first electrode, it is preferable that the slit portion or the protrusion portion and the second electrode portion formed in a protruding shape have a width smaller than the width of the dry convex portion. The same applies to the fourth D-1 structure of the first electrode described below.

Alternatively, the fourth C-structure of the first electrode may be a configuration in which the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the inside of the pixel. Further, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 4C-2 structure of the first electrode". Further, the fourth C-2 structure of the first electrode is substantially a combination of the fourth B structure of the first electrode and the fourth C structure of the first electrode.

Further, the fourth C-2 structure including the first electrode of the above-described preferred embodiment may be a dry convex portion when the dry convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion. The cross-sectional shape is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the side edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion toward the inner edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion.

Further, the fourth C-2 structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form in which the branch convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion. The cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the center of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion. Further, the fourth C-2 structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form in which the branch convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the branch convex portion. The cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

Further, the fourth C-2 structure including the first electrode of the above-described various preferred embodiments may be such that a slit portion or a protrusion portion that passes through the pixel center portion and is parallel to the pixel peripheral portion is formed on the first electrode. Further, no electrode is formed in the slit portion or the protrusion portion. In the 4B structure of the first electrode or the 4C-2 structure of the first electrode, the protrusions include, for example, a resist material. Alternatively, the first electrode may be formed by a concave portion surrounded by a cross-shaped convex portion of the pixel center portion. Such a cross-shaped convex portion may be provided by forming a cross-shaped convex portion on the lower side of the first electrode, or may be provided in the same manner as the method of forming the uneven portion in the first electrode. Alternatively, instead of providing a slit portion or a protrusion portion (rib portion), a cross-shaped concave portion passing through the center portion of the pixel may be provided. The first electrode described below The same can be applied to the 4D-2 structure.

Furthermore, the fourth C-structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form from a portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel to a first substrate portion corresponding to the peripheral portion of the pixel. A convex structure is formed, and a peripheral portion of the uneven portion is formed on the convex structure. Further, the convex structure may be formed based on a black matrix containing a well-known material. The same applies to the 4D structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments described above.

Alternatively, the fourth configuration of the first electrode may be such that a convex structure is formed from a portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel to a first substrate portion corresponding to the peripheral portion of the pixel, and the periphery of the uneven portion is formed. The portion is formed on the convex structure. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 4th structure of the first electrode". Further, when the peripheral portion of the uneven portion is formed on the convex structure as described above, a stronger electric field is generated in the peripheral portion of the uneven portion than in the case where the peripheral portion of the uneven portion is flat. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the peripheral portion of the uneven portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the peripheral portion of the uneven portion can be surely defined. Therefore, good voltage response characteristics can be maintained.

Further, the 4D structure of the first electrode may be a configuration in which the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion extending through the center portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 4D-1 structure of the first electrode". Further, the 4D-1 structure of the first electrode is substantially a combination of the 4Ath structure of the first electrode, the 4Cth structure of the first electrode, and the 4Dth structure of the first electrode.

Moreover, the 4D-1 structure of the first electrode including the above-described preferred embodiment may be such that an alignment restricting portion is formed in the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. Here, the alignment regulating portion may be in a form including a slit portion provided in the second electrode, or may be in a form including a protruding portion provided on the second electrode.

Alternatively, the 4D structure of the first electrode may be a configuration in which the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the inside of the pixel. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 4D-2 structure of the first electrode". Further, the fourth D-2 structure of the first electrode is substantially a combination of the fourth BB structure of the first electrode, the fourth C structure of the first electrode, and the fourth D structure of the first electrode.

Further, the fourth D-2 structure including the first electrode of the above-described preferred embodiment may be such that a slit portion or a protrusion portion that passes through the pixel center portion and is parallel to the pixel peripheral portion is formed on the first electrode.

Further, the fourth structure of the first electrode may be a black matrix formed by overlapping a projection image of a portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel and a projection image of the black matrix. In other words, a black matrix is formed such that a projected image from a portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel to a region of the end portion of the uneven portion overlaps with a projected image of the black matrix.

The average minimum width and the average maximum width of the branch convex portion and the concave portion are 1 μm and 25 μm, and preferably 2 μm and 20 μm are exemplified. When the average minimum width of the convex portion and the concave portion is less than 1 μm, the branch convex portion and the concave portion are difficult to form, and sufficient production yield cannot be ensured. On the other hand, when the average maximum width of the convex portion and the concave portion exceeds 25 μm, when a driving voltage is applied to the first electrode and the second electrode, it is difficult to generate a good oblique electric field between the first electrode and the second electrode. The width of the dry convex portion can be, for example, 2 × 10 ^-6 m to 2 × 10 ^-5 m, and preferably 4 × 10 ^-6 m to 1.5 × 10 ^-5 m. The height from the concave portion to the convex portion closest to the concave portion can be, for example, 5 × 10 ^-8 m to 1 × 10 ^-6 m, preferably 1 × 10 ^-7 m to 1 × 10 ^-6 m, more preferably 2 x 10 ^-7 m to 6 x 10 ^-7 m can be exemplified. The height of each step portion in the convex portion (the height difference between the adjacent top surfaces of the convex portions constituting the step portion) may be, for example, 5 × 10 ^-8 m to 1 × 10 ^-6 m, and preferably 1 is exemplified. ×10 ^-7 m~5×10 ^-7 m. Moreover, good alignment control can be achieved, and sufficient manufacturing yield can be ensured, and the light transmittance can be prevented from being lowered and the processing time can be prolonged. By changing the "branch convex portion" in the above discussion to the "branch convex portion or the like" described below, it can be applied to the fifth E structure of the fifth electrode to the first electrode of the first electrode.

Alternatively, the first structure of the first electrode and the second structure of the first electrode may have a configuration in which the value of the plurality of convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the first quadrant is increased when the X-axis and the Y-axis passing through the center of the pixel are assumed. The direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases increases in parallel, and the plurality of convex portions occupying the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases, occupying the plurality of convex portions and the X in the third quadrant. When the value of the coordinate decreases, the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate decreases decreases in parallel, and the plurality of convex portions occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the 5A structure of the first electrode".

In the fifth embodiment of the first electrode, the plurality of convex portions occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, occupying the plurality of convex portions and the X coordinate values in the second quadrant. The direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases increases in parallel, and the plurality of convex portions occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases, occupying a plurality of convex portions in the fourth quadrant It extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases. That is, there is no convex portion extending in parallel with the X-axis or a convex portion extending in parallel with the Y-axis, or the length is extremely short even if it exists. Therefore, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules can be made to coincide with the extending direction of the convex portion as much as possible, and dark lines can be suppressed in the regions corresponding to the X-axis and the Y-axis, and as a result, a more uniform high transmittance can be provided. Liquid crystal display device. Further, a liquid crystal display device having a configuration and a structure capable of imparting a pretilt to liquid crystal molecules in a short period of time can be provided.

Alternatively, the first structure of the first electrode and the second structure of the first electrode may be configured as follows Assume that, when passing through the X-axis and the Y-axis of the center of the pixel, the plurality of concave and convex portions include a dry convex portion extending on the X-axis and the Y-axis, and a plurality of branches extending from the side of the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel The extending portion of the convex portion and the side portion of the dry convex portion that does not engage with the branch convex portion is not parallel to the X axis and is not parallel to the Y axis. That is, the extending direction of the side portion of the dry convex portion that is not joined to the branch convex portion is different from the X axis and the Y axis. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the fifth electrode structure of the first electrode".

In the fifth embodiment of the first electrode, the plurality of concave and convex portions include a dry convex portion extending on the X axis and the Y axis, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the side of the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel, and The extending direction of the side portions of the dry projections that are not joined to the branch projections is not parallel to the X-axis and is not parallel to the Y-axis. That is, there is no dry convex portion extending in parallel with the X axis or a dry convex portion extending parallel to the Y axis. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of dark lines in the regions corresponding to the X-axis and the Y-axis, and as a result, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of achieving a more uniform high transmittance. Further, a liquid crystal display device having a configuration and a structure capable of imparting a pretilt to liquid crystal molecules in a short period of time can be provided.

Alternatively, the first structure of the first electrode and the second structure of the first electrode may be configured such that a slit portion is further formed on the first electrode. That is, the uneven portion and the slit portion are formed on the first electrode. In the slit portion, a transparent conductive material layer constituting the first electrode is not formed. Further, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the 5C structure of the first electrode".

Alternatively, the first structure of the first electrode and the second structure of the first electrode may be configured such that a recess is provided in the first electrode in the central region of the pixel. That is, the uneven portion and the recess are formed on the first electrode. In the recess, a transparent conductive material layer constituting the first electrode is formed. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the 5th structure of the first electrode".

Alternatively, the first structure of the first electrode and the second structure of the first electrode may be configured as follows: assuming that the X-axis and the Y-axis pass through the center of the pixel, The plurality of concave and convex portions include a dry convex portion extending on the X axis and the Y axis, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from a side edge of the dry convex portion toward a peripheral portion of the pixel, and occupying a plurality of branch convex portions in the first quadrant Extending parallel to the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases, occupying the third quadrant The plurality of branch convex portions extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the value of the Y coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate and the X coordinate occupy the fourth quadrant increases. a branch extending in parallel and extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other. The branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, from the X-axis The dry convex portion extends and occupies the branch of the second quadrant, and extends from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupies the first The three-quadrant branch convex portions are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant The departments are formed in a state of being staggered from each other. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, such a configuration is referred to as "the 5E structure of the first electrode".

In the fifth embodiment of the first electrode, a slit portion is formed in the first electrode in addition to the uneven portion. Here, by providing the slit portion, the electric field generated by the first electrode is strained in the vicinity of the slit portion, and the lodging direction of the liquid crystal molecules is strongly regulated. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the slit portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the slit portion can be surely defined. Further, in the fifth embodiment of the first electrode, a recess is provided in the first electrode in the central region of the pixel. Here, by providing the recess, the liquid crystal molecules located in the vicinity of the recess appear to be in a state of falling toward the center of the pixel. and then, In the 5E configuration of the first electrode, the convex portion and the convex portion are formed in a staggered state. Here, by forming the convex portion and the convex portion in a staggered state, the electric field generated by the first electrode at the center of the pixel should be in a desired state near the center of the pixel, and the lodging direction of the liquid crystal molecules is predetermined. Further, the alignment control force of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the pixel center can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the pixel center can be surely specified. Thus, when manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, it is necessary to expose the liquid crystal layer to a desired electric field for a specific time to impart pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules, but to stabilize the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules exposed to the desired electric field. The time required until then is shortened. In other words, the liquid crystal molecules can be pretilted in a short period of time, and the manufacturing time of the liquid crystal display device can be shortened.

In the 5E configuration of the first electrode to the 5Eth structure of the first electrode, the arrangement state of the convex portion or the branch convex portion (hereinafter, collectively referred to as "the branch convex portion or the like") may be as described above. As described above, the multi-domain electrode structure is formed in a region in which the extending direction of the branch convex portion or the like is different in one pixel, so that the viewing angle characteristics can be improved. Further, in the same manner as described above, a plurality of branch convex portions occupying the first quadrant or the like extend at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to the X-axis, and a plurality of branch convex portions occupying the second quadrant are used. The axis extends 135 degrees from the X-axis, and a plurality of branches and projections occupying the third quadrant extend at an angle of 225 degrees with respect to the X-axis, occupying a plurality of branches and projections of the fourth quadrant, etc. with their axes and X The shaft extends at 315 degrees; however, it is not limited to the equivalent (angle). In addition, for example, "when the X-axis and the Y-axis of the pixel center are assumed", for example, it is assumed that a straight line passing through the center of the pixel and parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel is used as the (X, Y) coordinate of the X-axis and the Y-axis, respectively. system. In addition to the 5E structure of the first electrode, the branch convex portion or the like is preferably line symmetrical with respect to the X axis, and is also line symmetrical with respect to the Y axis, or 5A structure to the first electrode of the first electrode. In the 5E configuration, the branch convex portion or the like is preferably 180 degrees rotationally symmetric (point symmetrical) with respect to the center of the pixel.

The 5A structure of the first electrode may be such that, unlike the fifth BB structure of the first electrode, the 5A structure of the first electrode is not provided with a dry convex portion, and the convex portion of the 5A structure of the first electrode is substantially Corresponding to the branch and convex portion in the 5B structure of the first electrode, and Each of the convex portions extending from the X-axis and occupying the first quadrant is joined to each convex portion extending from the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant, and each convex portion extending from the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant extends from the Y-axis and Each of the convex portions occupying the second quadrant is joined, and each convex portion extending from the X-axis and occupying the second quadrant is joined to each convex portion extending from the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant, extending from the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant Each of the convex portions is joined to each of the convex portions extending from the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant.

In addition, the fifth embodiment of the first electrode may be configured such that a protruding portion that extends toward the peripheral portion of the pixel is provided at the joint portion of the two convex portions. Here, the protruding portion may be formed by being surrounded by a plurality of line segments, or may be formed by being surrounded by one curved line, or may be formed by being surrounded by a plurality of curved lines, and may be formed by a line segment and a curved line. The composition of the combination of enclaves. The tip end of the protruding portion can be in contact with the joint portion of the two convex portions adjacent in the direction of the peripheral portion of the pixel. Among them, the liquid crystal display device in a state in which the contact portion is long is substantially equivalent to the fifth BB structure of the first electrode.

Alternatively, the 5A structure of the first electrode may be a convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the first quadrant, and each convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the fourth quadrant is not Engaging, each convex portion extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity and occupying the first quadrant does not engage with each convex portion extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity and occupying the second quadrant, extending from the X-axis or its vicinity and occupying the first Each of the convex portions of the two quadrants does not engage with the convex portions extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the third quadrant, and the convex portions extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof occupying the third quadrant, and the self-Y-axis or The convex portions extending in the vicinity and occupying the fourth quadrant are not joined.

The 5A structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments and configurations described above may be configured such that the width of the convex portion is narrowed toward the peripheral portion of the pixel.

Further, the fifth AA structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments and configurations described above may be a form in which a slit portion is further formed on the first electrode. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 5A-1 structure of the first electrode".

Here, in the fifth A-1 structure of the first electrode, the slit portion may be formed in the concave portion region, but it is more preferable that the slit portion is formed in the convex portion region. Further, in such a configuration, the slit portion may be formed in a convex portion region including a central region (central portion) of the pixel, or may be formed as a convex portion region extending toward a central region of the pixel. Alternatively, it may be formed in a convex portion region formed in a region sandwiched by a convex portion extending toward a central region of the pixel and the Y-axis. The width of the slit portion is, for example, 1 μm to 4 μm, and preferably 2 μm to 3 μm. The same applies to the description of the slit portions below.

Alternatively, a slit portion extending in parallel with the convex portion may be formed at the top of the convex portion, or a slit portion extending in parallel with the concave portion may be formed at the bottom portion of the concave portion. Further, in these cases, the slit portion may be formed in all the convex portions, or the slit portion may be formed in a part of the convex portions. In the case where a slit portion is formed in a part of the convex portion, it is preferable to form a slit portion in the central portion (central portion) of the pixel and the convex portion in the vicinity thereof. Further, the slit portion may be formed in all of the concave portions, or the slit portion may be formed in a part of the concave portion. In the case where a slit portion is formed in a part of the concave portion, it is preferable to form a slit portion in a central portion (central portion) of the pixel and a concave portion in the vicinity thereof. Alternatively, a slit portion extending in parallel with the convex portion may be formed on the top of the convex portion, and a slit portion extending in parallel with the concave portion may be formed at the bottom portion of the concave portion; A slit portion is formed in the middle, and a slit portion may be formed in a part of the convex portion. Further, a slit portion may be formed in all of the concave portions, and a slit portion may be formed in a part of the concave portions. Further, a first electrode is formed on a portion of the top surface of the convex portion where the slit portion is not provided, and a first electrode is formed on a portion of the bottom portion of the concave portion where the slit portion is not provided. Further, it is necessary to form the slit portion so as not to form the convex portion isolated from the other convex portion by the slit portion, or to form the slit portion so as not to form the concave portion with the other concave portion by the slit portion, and then divide one pixel into Multiple districts In the display device of the so-called multi-pixel driving system in which the respective regions are driven independently, the projections are formed so as not to be separated from the other convex portions by the slit portions in the respective regions, or the slit portions are not formed. It is sufficient to form the slit portion so as to form a concave portion with the other concave portion. In the case where the slit portion is provided on the top surface of the convex portion, the width of the convex portion and the width of the slit portion can be exemplified by 0.2 ≦ (width of the slit portion / width of the convex portion) ≦ 0.8, and when the slit portion is provided on the bottom surface of the concave portion The width of the concave portion and the width of the slit portion can be exemplified by 0.2 ≦ (width of the slit portion / width of the concave portion) ≦ 0.8. The same applies to the description of the slit portions below.

Further, the 5A-1 structure of the first electrode and the 5A structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments and configurations described above may be configured such that a recess is provided in the first electrode in the central region of the pixel. . Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 5A-2 structure of the first electrode".

Here, the 5A-2 structure of the first electrode may be configured such that the recess gradually becomes narrower toward the first substrate. That is, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which the recess has a so-called forward tapered surface. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and may have a configuration having a vertical surface. Further, in the configuration in which the recess is gradually narrowed toward the first substrate, the tilt angle of the recess may be 5 to 60 degrees, preferably 20 to 30 degrees. Further, in the fifth A-2 structure including the first electrode of the above preferred configuration, the shape of the outer edge of the recess may be circular or may be rectangular. In the case of a rectangle, the outer edge of the concave shape of the rectangular shape forms an angle with the extending direction of the convex portion (the outer edge of the concave portion of the rectangular shape, and the extending direction of the convex portion intersecting the extended portion of the convex portion and the outer edge) The angle can be 90 degrees or an acute angle. Further, the shape of the outer edge of the recess is not limited to the shape, and may be any shape as long as it is a structure in which liquid crystal molecules are caused to fall toward the center of the pixel.

Further, the fifth A-2 structure of the first electrode including the above-described preferred configuration may be configured such that a central portion of the recess constitutes one of the contact holes.

Further, the above-described configuration of the fifth electrode AA-2 of the first electrode can be applied to the fifth B-2 structure of the first electrode and the fifth C-2 structure of the first electrode.

Further, the 5A-1 structure of the first electrode, the 5A-2 structure of the first electrode, and the 5A structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments and configurations described above may be as follows: from the X axis a convex portion extending in the vicinity thereof or occupying the first quadrant, and a convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the fourth quadrant, formed in a state of being shifted from each other, extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the convex portion of the first quadrant a portion, and a convex portion extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the second quadrant, formed in a state of being shifted from each other, a convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the second quadrant, and extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof The convex portions occupying the third quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, and the convex portion extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the third quadrant, and the convex portion extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the fourth quadrant are staggered from each other. The state is formed. Further, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 5A-3 structure of the first electrode".

Further, it is preferable that the formation pitch of the convex portion along the X-axis is P _X and the formation pitch of the convex portion along the Y-axis is P _Y , and the X-axis or the vicinity thereof extends. The convex portion occupying the first quadrant and the convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2), extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the first quadrant The convex portion and the convex portion extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the second quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2), and the convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the second quadrant, And a convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the third quadrant is formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2), and a convex portion extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the third quadrant, and the self-Y-axis The convex portions extending in the vicinity or occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2). The fifth electrode BB structure of the first electrode, the fifth C-3 structure of the first electrode, and the fifth D-3 structure of the first electrode are also the same.

Similarly, the fifth E structure of the first electrode is preferably a form in which the pitch of the projections along the X-axis is P _X and the pitch of the projections along the Y-axis is P _Y . a state in which the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the first quadrant and the branch convex portion extending from the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are shifted from each other (P _X /2) And forming, the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant are shifted from each other (P _Y /2) Formed in a state, the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the second quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant are staggered from each other (P _X / 2) formed by a state in which the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are shifted from each other (P) Formed by the state of _Y /2).

The 5B structure of the first electrode may be a form in which the side portions of the dry convex portions that are not joined to the branch convex portions are linear and/or curved, that is, the side of the dry convex portions that are not joined to the branch convex portions. The side portion is in the form of a straight line, or is in the form of a curve, or a combination of a straight line and a curved line.

Further, the fifth BB structure including the first electrode of such a preferred embodiment may be such that the width of the dry convex portion that is not joined to the branch convex portion gradually narrows toward the distal end portion of the dry convex portion.

Further, the fifth B-structure of the first electrode including the above-described preferred embodiments may be such that the width of the branch convex portion gradually narrows toward the peripheral portion of the pixel.

Further, the fifth BB structure including the first electrode of the various preferred embodiments described above may be a form in which a slit portion is further formed on the first electrode. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 5th - 1st structure of the first electrode".

Here, in the fifth B-1 structure of the first electrode, the slit portion may be formed in the concave portion region, but it is more preferable that the slit portion is formed in the convex portion region. Further, in such a configuration, the slit portion may be formed in a convex portion region including a central region (central portion) of the pixel, or may be formed as a convex portion region extending toward a central region of the pixel. Or alternatively, formed in a branch convex portion that is disposed to extend from a central region toward the pixel The configuration of the convex portion region of the region sandwiched by the Y-axis. Alternatively, a slit portion extending in parallel with the convex portion may be formed at the top of the convex portion, or a slit portion extending in parallel with the concave portion may be formed at the bottom portion of the concave portion. Further, it is necessary to form the slit portion so as not to form the convex portion with the other convex portion by the slit portion, or to form the concave portion so as not to form the concave portion with the other concave portion by the slit portion, and the above-described multi-pixel driving method In the display device, the slit portion may be formed as described above.

The 5B-1 structure of the first electrode and the 5B structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments and configurations described above may be such that a recess is provided in the first electrode in the central region of the pixel. Further, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the fifth electrode of the first electrode".

Further, the fifth B-1 structure of the first electrode, the fifth B-2 structure of the first electrode, and the fifth BB structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments and configurations described above may be as follows: occupying the first form The plurality of branch convex portions of the quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the second quadrant are parallel to the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases. The ground extension, the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the value of the plurality of branch convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the fourth quadrant increases. The direction in which the values of the coordinates decrease decreases in parallel.

Further, the fifth B-1 structure of the first electrode, the fifth B-2 structure of the first electrode, and the fifth BB structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments and configurations described above may be as follows: from the X axis The upper convex portion of the upper convex portion and the branch convex portion occupying the first quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other. The branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, from the X-axis a branch convex portion extending and occupying the second quadrant, and a branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and The branch convex portion occupying the third quadrant and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 5B-3 structure of the first electrode".

In the fifth embodiment of the first electrode, the slit portion may be formed in the concave portion region, but it is more preferable that the slit portion is formed in the convex portion region. Further, in such a form, the slit portion may be formed in a convex portion region including a central region (central portion) of the pixel, or may be formed as a convex portion region extending toward a central region of the pixel. Further, it may be configured to be formed in a convex portion region provided in a region sandwiched by a convex portion extending toward a central region of the pixel and the Y-axis. Alternatively, a slit portion extending in parallel with the convex portion may be formed at the top of the convex portion, or a slit portion extending in parallel with the concave portion may be formed at the bottom portion of the concave portion. Further, it is necessary to form the slit portion so as not to form the convex portion with the other convex portion by the slit portion, or to form the concave portion so as not to form the concave portion with the other concave portion by the slit portion, and the above-described multi-pixel driving method In the display device, the slit portion may be formed as described above.

Further, the fifth C-structure of the first electrode including the preferred embodiment and configuration described above may be configured such that the width of the convex portion is narrowed toward the peripheral portion of the pixel.

Further, the fifth C-structure of the first electrode including the preferred embodiment and configuration described above may be such that a recess is provided in the first electrode in the central region of the pixel. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the 5C-2 structure of the first electrode".

Further, the 5C-2 structure of the first electrode and the 5C structure of the first electrode including the various preferred embodiments and configurations described above may be as follows: When the X-axis and the Y-axis passing through the center of the pixel are assumed, The plurality of concave and convex portions include a dry convex portion extending on the X axis and the Y axis, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the side of the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel. Further, in this case, the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the first quadrant may extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, and the plurality of branch convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the second quadrant When the value decreases, the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases increases in parallel, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, occupying the plural of the fourth quadrant The branch convex portions extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases. Further, in a form of a branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and a branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant, they are staggered from each other. The state is formed, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, from X The dry convex portion on the shaft extends and occupies the branch portion of the second quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant is formed in a state of being shifted from each other, and the dry convex portion from the Y-axis The branch convex portion extending and occupying the third quadrant is formed in a state in which the branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are shifted from each other. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, this form is referred to as "the fifth C-3 structure of the first electrode".

The 5D structure of the first electrode may be in a form in which a central portion of the recess constitutes one of the contact holes. Here, the above-described configuration of the fifth electrode AA of the first electrode can be applied to the fifth electrode structure of the first electrode.

Further, in the fifth DD structure including the first electrode of the preferred embodiment described above, the above-described configuration of the fifth C-3 structure of the first electrode can be applied. For the sake of convenience, the configuration is referred to as "first". The 5D-3 structure of the electrode.

In the fifth E structure of the fifth electrode structure to the first electrode of the first electrode, which is configured as described above, the width of the branch convex portion or the like is narrowed toward the peripheral portion of the pixel, and the configuration may be a branch convex portion or the like. The width is narrowed toward the peripheral portion of the pixel (the side where each side of the branch convex portion or the like is composed of one line segment and the rate of change of the width is fixed), but the shape is not limited thereto, and may be curved. The narrowed form (the form in which each side of the branch convex portion or the like is formed by one smooth curve and the rate of change of the width changes) may be two or more line segments or curves on each side constituting the branch convex portion or the like. The configuration may be a stepped shape (a form in which each side of the branch convex portion or the like is stepped).

The fifth E structure of the fifth electrode to the first electrode including the preferred embodiment and the configuration described above may be configured such that the second electrode portion facing the X-axis and the Y-axis forms an alignment restriction. unit. When the alignment regulating portion is formed in the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion, the electric field generated by the second electrode is strained in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion, or the lodging direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion Subject to regulations. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the alignment regulating portion can be surely defined. Therefore, when an image is displayed, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion corresponding to the X-axis and the Y-axis. In other words, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and achieving a more uniform high light transmittance, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce the power consumption, and to improve the TFT. Reliability.

The alignment regulating portion may be in the form of a second electrode slit portion provided on the second electrode, or may include a second electrode protrusion portion provided on the second electrode, or may be formed in a protrusion shape. The second electrode portion. The second electrode protrusions include, for example, a resist material, and the second electrode is not formed thereon. In order to provide the second electrode portion formed in a protruding shape, a convex portion may be formed on the lower side of the second electrode, or may be formed in the same manner as the method of forming the convex portion of the uneven portion in the first electrode. a second electrode portion having a protrusion shape.

Further, the fifth E structure of the first electrode to the first electrode including the preferred embodiment and the configuration described above may be a form in which a plurality of step portions are formed in the convex portion provided in the first electrode. . Here, in the case where the convex portion is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the convex portion, the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion is as follows: the step portion is oriented from the center of the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion The edge of the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion is lowered. In addition, when the convex portion is cut in a virtual vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the convex portion, the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion is as follows: the step portion is convex toward the convex portion from the central portion of the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion The end of the cross-sectional shape of the portion is lowered. If a plurality of step portions (height difference) are formed in the convex portion as described above, an electric field is generated in the convex portion or a transverse electric field is generated. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the convex portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the convex portion can be surely defined. Therefore, when the image is displayed, for example, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion corresponding to the convex portion. In other words, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and achieving a more uniform high light transmittance, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce the power consumption, and to improve the TFT. Reliability.

Further, the fourth A structure of the first electrode or the fourth B structure of the first electrode, the fifth A structure of the first electrode, and the fifth E structure of the first electrode including the preferred embodiment described above may be as follows: In the width of the branch convex portion or the like, a portion of the branch convex portion joined to the dry convex portion, or a part of the X-axis or its vicinity, the Y-axis or a branch convex portion thereof or the like (for convenience, it is called The "root portion of the branch convex portion or the like" is the widest and gradually narrows toward the peripheral portion of the pixel, that is, toward the tip end portion of the branch convex portion or the like. Here, the formation pitch of the branch convex portion or the like is "P", the width of the root portion such as the branch convex portion is "W ₁ ", and the width of the distal end portion such as the branch convex portion is "W ₂ ". As shown in FIG. 97 and FIG. 98, the edge of the dry convex portion where the dry convex portion and the branch convex portion are joined, and the edge portion (side edge portion) of one of the branch convex portions (or the X-axis or The Y-axis, the angle formed by one edge portion (side edge portion) such as the branch convex portion, is set to α ₁ , the outer edge of the dry convex portion where the dry convex portion and the branch convex portion are joined, and the other portion of the branch convex portion When the angle formed by one edge portion (or the angle formed by the X-axis or the Y-axis, the other side edge portion such as the branch convex portion) is set to α ₂ , the branch near the outer edge of the dry convex portion The angle formed by the axis L ₀ of the convex portion and the outer edge of the dry convex portion (or the angle formed by the X-axis or the Y-axis and the axis L _{0 of} the branch convex portion or the like) α ₀ can be expressed by the following formula: α ₀ ={α ₁ +(180-α ₂ )}/2. Among them, 0 < α ₁ ≦ 90 degrees, 90 ≦ α ₂ < 180 degrees. Further, at this time, the intersection of the outer edge of the dry convex portion and the side edge portion of one of the branch convex portions (or the intersection of the X-axis or the Y-axis and one of the side edge portions of the branch convex portion) is set to w ₁₁ intersection of another X-axis or Y-axis with the convex portion and the like of the branch portion to the side edge w _'11, w ₁₁ and passes through the axis intersection point and the other branch of the convex portion perpendicular to the straight line L ₀ and L ₁ branch projecting portion another side edge portion of the other point of intersection is set to ₁₂ W, the width at the root of the distance from the intersection ₁₂ of the intersection w ₁₁ to w, it is defined as a branch of the other convex portion W _1. In addition, a straight line L ₂ that is orthogonal to the axis L _{0 of the} branch convex portion or the like and that is tangent to the distal end portion of the branch convex portion or the like, and an intersection point with one of the side edge portions of the branch convex portion or the like (or the branch convex portion or the like) The intersection of one of the side edge portion extension lines is set to w ₂₁ , the intersection of the straight line L ₂ and the other side edge portion of the branch convex portion or the other side edge portion extension line of the branch convex portion or the like When the intersection point is set to w ₂₂ , the distance from the intersection point w ₂₁ to the intersection point w ₂₂ is defined as the width w ₂ of the tip end portion of the branch convex portion or the like. Further, in Fig. 98, the side edge portion extension line is indicated by a dotted line. Further, the distance between the axis L _{0 of the} adjacent branch convex portion or the like is defined as the formation pitch P of the branch convex portion or the like. Further, a straight line L ₃ passing through the intersection point w' ₁₁ and parallel to the straight line L ₁ and a side edge portion of the (adjacent) branch convex portion or the like which faces the other side edge portion of the branch convex portion or the like are intersected. When the point is w ₃₁ , the distance from the intersection point w' ₁₁ to the intersection point w ₃₁ is defined as the distance W ₃ between the branch convex portions and the like. The total taper width TP of the branch protrusion or the like can be defined as: TP = W _{1 -} W ₂ . Further, projecting portions etc. branch average width W _ave1, the average width W _ave2 of the recess may be represented by the following _{formula: W ave1 = (W 1 +} W 2) / 2

W _ave2 =PW _ave1 . Here, the value of W _{3 is} , for example, 1 μm to 10 μm, preferably 2 μm to 5 μm, and the value of W ₂ is 1 μm to 10 μm, preferably 2 μm to 5 μm, and the value of P is exemplified. 2 μm to 20 μm, preferably 2 μm to 10 μm. Further, as the value of TP, 0.1 to 10 times W ₃ can be exemplified. Furthermore, the equivalent value may be applied to the longest branch portion or the like.

In the following, an embodiment in which a planarization layer is formed will be described. Of course, if the planarization layer is not formed, the first structure of the first electrode or the first structure of the various first electrodes changes. The relationship between the embodiment described below and the structure of the first electrode is as follows.

1. Example 2A-1 (Second structure of first electrode / first electrode of first form)

2. Example 2A-2 (Second structure of the first electrode / first electrode of the second form)

3. Example 2A-3 (Second structure of the first electrode / first electrode of the third form)

4. Example 2A-4 (Change of Example 2A-1 to Example 2A-3 / Structure 2-2 of the first electrode / Structure 2-3 of the first electrode)

5. Example 2B-1 (Structure 3A-1 of the first electrode)

6. Embodiment 2B-2 (Change of Embodiment 2B-1)

7. Example 2B-3 (Another variation of Example 2B-1)

8. Example 2B-4 (Structure 3A-2 of the first electrode)

9. Example 2B-5 (variation of Example 2B-4)

10. Example 2B-6 (variation of Example 2B-5)

11. Example 2B-7 (including the 3B-1 structure of the first electrode of Example 2B-1 to Example 2B-6)

12. Example 2B-8 (3C structure of the first electrode/second structure of the first electrode, 3A-1 structure of the first electrode, and 3B-1 structure of the first electrode)

13. Example 2B-9 (3D structure of the first electrode, 2-2 structure of the first electrode, 3A-2 structure of the first electrode, and 3B-2 structure of the first electrode)

14. Example 2C-1 (Structure 4A of the first electrode)

15. Example 2C-2 (Structure 4B of the first electrode)

16. Example 2C-3 (Structure 4C-1 of the first electrode)

17. Example 2C-4 (Changes in Example 2C-3)

18. Example 2C-5 (Another variation of Example 2C-3)

19. Example 2C-6 (Another variation of Example 2C-3, 4C-2 structure of the first electrode)

20. Example 2C-7 (variation of Example 2C-6)

21. Example 2C-8 (Changes in Example 2C-7)

22. Example 2D-1 (5A structure of the first electrode)

23. Example 2D-2 (Change of Example 2D-1)

24. Example 2D-3 (Another Variation of Example 2D-1)

25. Embodiment 2D-4 (Changes of Embodiment 2D-1 to Embodiment 2D-3)

26. Example 2D-5 (variation of Example 2D-1 to Example 2D-4 / 5A-1 structure of the first electrode / 5C structure of the first electrode)

27. Example 2D-6 (Change of Example 2D-1 to Example 2D-5 / 5D structure of the first electrode / 5A-2 structure of the first electrode / 5C-2 structure of the first electrode)

28. Example 2D-7 (Change of Example 2D-1 to Example 2D-6 / 5E structure of the first electrode / 5A-3 structure of the first electrode / 5C-3 structure of the first electrode / 5D-3 structure of the first electrode)

29. Example 2D-8 (5B structure of the first electrode / 5C structure of the first electrode / 5D structure of the first electrode / 5B-1 structure of the first electrode / 5B-2 of the first electrode) Structure / 5C-2 structure of the first electrode / 5E structure of the first electrode / 5B-3 structure of the first electrode / 5C-3 structure of the first electrode / 5D-3 structure of the first electrode)

30. Example 2D-9 (Another variation of Example 2D-8)

31. Example 2D-10 (variation of Example 2D-9)

32. Example 2D-11 (another variation of Example 2D-9)

33. Example 2D-12 (5E structure of the first electrode)

<Example 2A-1>

Embodiment 2A-1 relates to the second structure of the first electrode, specifically, to the first electric The 2-1st structure of the pole is further related to the first electrode of the first form. FIG. 16 is a schematic partial end view showing a first electrode of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2A-1, and FIG. A schematic partial cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2A-1 along the arrow AA and the arrow BB of FIG. 19 is schematically shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B.

In the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-1 or the liquid crystal display device of the following embodiments 2A-2 to 2D-12, a plurality of concave and convex portions are formed on the first electrode, and at least the concave portion and the concave portion of the first electrode are formed. The landfill is filled between the planarization layers 41, 42, and 43.

Specifically, in the liquid crystal display device of Example 2A-1, the planarization layer 41 covers the first electrode 140. Further, the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment further includes a first alignment film 21 that covers the planarization layer 41 and a second alignment film 51 that covers the second electrode 160, and the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted at least by the first alignment film 21. The planarizing layer 41 includes a resist material, and the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 include the materials described in the first to third embodiments and the first embodiment. The same is true in the following embodiments. The planarization layer 41, the first alignment film 21, and the second alignment film 51 can be formed, for example, by a spin coating method.

A TFT layer 30 (described in detail below) is formed on the first substrate 20, and a smoothing film containing an organic insulating material such as a photosensitive polyimide resin or an acrylic resin is formed on the TFT layer 30. 22. The first electrode 140 is formed on the smoothing film 22. The smoothing film 22 may also contain an inorganic insulating material such as SiO ₂ or SiN or SiON. The same can be applied to the various embodiments described below. Reference numerals 146, 246, 346, 1146, 1246, 2146, 2246, 2345, 2446, 3146, 3246, 3346, 3446 denote portions of the first substrate located between the pixels and the pixels.

Further, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-1, a plurality of uneven portions 141 (the convex portion 142 and the concave portion 145) are formed in the first electrode 140. Specifically, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-1, the uneven portion 141 includes a dry convex portion (main convex portion) 143 extending through the center portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and extending from the dry convex portion 143 toward the peripheral portion of the pixel. Multiple branches (Sub convex portion) 144. More specifically, assuming that the dry convex portions 143 extending in a cross shape are respectively the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, the value of the plurality of branch convex portions 144 and the X coordinate occupying the first quadrant is increased. The direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases increases in parallel, and the plurality of branch convex portions 144 occupying the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases, occupying a plurality of branches and convexities in the third quadrant. The portion 144 extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the plurality of branch convex portions 144 occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases. . In the drawing, the concave portion 145 is marked with a hatching extending in the longitudinal direction.

The uneven portion can be obtained, for example, by the following steps: (a) forming a resist material layer on the smoothing film (or color filter layer) of the substrate (the smoothing film and the color filter layer are collectively referred to as "smoothing" (b) forming an uneven portion on the resist material layer by exposure and development; (c) etching the resist material layer and the smoothing film to smooth the film or the like And forming a concave-convex portion thereon; and (d) forming a transparent conductive material layer on the smoothing film or the like and patterning.

Alternatively, the uneven portion can be obtained, for example, by (a) forming a resist material layer on the underlying layer formed on the smoothing film or the like; (b) by exposing and developing the resist material layer (c) forming an uneven portion on the underlying layer by etching back the resist material layer and the smoothing film; and (d) forming a transparent conductive material layer on the underlying layer and patterning.

Alternatively, the uneven portion can be obtained, for example, by the following steps: (a) forming a patterned insulating material layer on the smoothing film or the like of the substrate; (b) forming a transparent conductive material layer on the smoothing film or the like and the insulating material layer and patterning.

Alternatively, the uneven portion can be obtained, for example, by (a) forming a transparent conductive material layer on the smoothing film or the like of the substrate; (b) forming a resist material layer on the transparent conductive material layer; (c) The uneven portion is formed on the resist material layer by exposure and development; and (d) the resist material layer and the transparent conductive material layer are etched back.

Alternatively, the uneven portion can be obtained, for example, by (a) forming a first transparent conductive material layer on the smoothing film of the substrate and patterning; and (b) forming and forming on the first transparent conductive material layer. The first transparent conductive material layer has a second transparent conductive material layer having an etching selectivity and is patterned.

Alternatively, the uneven portion may be obtained by, for example, a liquid crystal display device component formed on the first substrate or above the first substrate by optimizing the thickness of the smoothing film (for example, various types) The influence of the thickness of the signal line, the storage capacitor electrode, the gate electrode, the source/drain electrode, and various wirings forms a convex portion on the smoothing film.

The side surface (side wall) of the convex portion, the dry convex portion or the branch convex portion may be a vertical surface, may be formed into a forward tapered shape, or may be formed into an inverted tapered shape.

The above description of the uneven portion can be applied to various embodiments described below. Further, it can also be applied to the step portion of the dry convex portion or the branch convex portion described below.

When the liquid crystal display device of Example 2A-1 was produced, the TFT was first formed by the method described below, and the opposite surface of the first substrate 20 on which the smoothing film 22 was formed was formed to form a transparent conductive material layer containing ITO. Furthermore, the first substrate 20 includes a glass substrate having a thickness of 0.7 mm.

That is, as shown in FIG. 96A, the gate electrode 31 is formed on the insulating film 20' formed on the first substrate 20, and the gate insulating layer 32 is formed on the gate electrode 31 and the insulating film 20'. The gate insulating layer 32 contains, for example, SiO ₂ or SiN, SiON, or a metal oxide. Then, after the semiconductor layer 33 serving as the channel formation region is formed on the gate insulating layer 32, the source/drain electrode 34 is formed on the semiconductor layer 33. The semiconductor layer 33 includes, for example, polycrystalline germanium or amorphous germanium, and the source/drain electrode 34 includes, for example, a metal film of titanium, chromium, aluminum, molybdenum, tantalum, tungsten, copper, or the like, or an alloy film or a laminated film thereof. In this way, the TFT layer 30 can be obtained. The above formation of the TFT layer 30 can be performed based on a well-known method. Furthermore, the TFT is not limited to the so-called bottom gate/top contact type, but also the bottom gate/bottom contact type, the top gate/top contact type, and the top gate/ Bottom contact type. Then, after the smoothing film 22 having a thickness of 2.5 μm is formed on the entire surface, the connection holes 35 are formed in the smoothing film 22 above one of the source/drain electrodes 34.

Then, after a resist material layer is formed on the smoothing film 22, an uneven portion having a specific depth is formed on the resist material layer by exposure and development. Then, by etching back the resist material layer and the smoothing film 22, the uneven portion can be formed on the smoothing film 22. Thereafter, a transparent conductive material layer 24 having a specific thickness and containing ITO is formed on the entire surface, whereby the uneven portion 141 (the convex portions 143, 144, the concave portion 145) can be obtained. Thereafter, the transparent conductive material layer 24 is patterned based on a well-known method, whereby the first electrodes 140 can be arranged in a matrix. The specifications of the convex portions 143, 144, the concave portion 145, and the like are as shown in Table 3 below.

Further, after the connection hole 35 is formed in the smoothing film 22 above one of the source/drain electrodes 34, the first electrode 140 may be formed on the smoothing film 22 including the connection hole 35. A layer of transparent conductive material. Further, at this time, a resist material layer is formed on the transparent conductive material layer, and then an uneven portion is formed on the resist material layer by exposure and development. Thereafter, the resist material layer and the transparent conductive material layer are etched back, whereby the uneven portion 141 (the convex portions 143 and 144 and the concave portion 145) can be formed.

On the other hand, in the second substrate 50, a color filter layer (not shown) is formed on the second substrate 50 including a glass substrate having a thickness of 0.7 mm, and a solid electrode is formed on the color filter layer. The second electrode 160.

[table 3]

Then, the planarization layer 41 covering the first electrode 140 is formed and dried by the spin coating method. Thereafter, the first alignment film 21 is formed on the planarization layer 41, and the second alignment film 51 is formed on the second electrode 160. Specifically, the alignment film material is applied or printed on the planarization layer 41 and the second electrode 160, respectively, and then heat-treated. Thereafter, a liquid crystal display device was assembled in the same manner as in the first embodiment. Then, a voltage is applied between the first electrode 140 and the second electrode 160 by using a voltage applying mechanism, and an energy ray (specifically, ultraviolet ray UV) is applied to the alignment films 21 and 51, whereby the liquid crystal display device can be completed.

By the above steps, the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display device) shown in FIG. 16 can be completed. In the liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display device), the liquid crystal molecules 71A on the first substrate side are pretilted. Finally, on the outside of the liquid crystal display device, a pair of polarizing plates (not shown) are attached so that the absorption axes are orthogonal to each other. Further, the liquid crystal display device of the various embodiments described below can also be manufactured by substantially the same method.

In the liquid crystal display device of Example 2A-1, the planarization layer fills at least between the concave portion and the concave portion of the first electrode. In other words, the portion of the liquid crystal molecules that is in contact with the first electrode side (specifically, the first alignment film) is flat or substantially flat. Therefore, the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules can be achieved The state is uniformized, and as a result, the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display device can be made uniform. In addition, sufficient black display quality can be achieved and good contrast characteristics can be achieved. Further, the inclination of the side surface (side wall) of the uneven portion can be made gentle, and for example, it is possible to surely avoid problems such as breakage of the edge portion of the convex portion of the transparent conductive material layer constituting the uneven portion, and it is also possible to adopt a relative relative range. As a result of the loose process, it is possible to improve the manufacturing yield of the liquid crystal display device.

Further, a color filter layer may be formed on the first substrate 20. Specifically, after the TFT layer 30 is formed on the first substrate 20 as described above, the color filter layer 23 is formed on the TFT layer 30 in place of the smoothing film 22 by a well-known method. In this way, a COA (Color Filter On Array) structure can be obtained. Then, after the connection hole 35 is formed in the color filter layer 23 above one of the source/drain electrodes 34, the first electrode 140 is formed on the color filter layer 23 including the connection hole 35. The transparent conductive material layer 24 is sufficient (refer to FIG. 96B).

When the planarization layer 41 is removed, the first structure of the first electrode can be obtained, and more specifically, the first 1-1 structure of the first electrode can be obtained.

<Example 2A-2>

Example 2A-2 is a variation of Example 2A-1, specifically, a first electrode of the second form. A schematic partial end view of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2A-2 is shown in FIG. 17, and a pattern portion of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2A-2 along the arrow AA of FIG. 19 and the first electrode of the arrow BB. The cross-sectional views are shown in Figures 20C and 20D. In addition, a schematic plan view of the first electrode of one pixel constituting the liquid crystal display device of Example 2A-2 or the following Example 2A-3 is the same as that shown in FIG.

In the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-2, the planarization layer 42 covers the first electrode 140, and the liquid crystal display device further includes a first alignment film covering the first electrode 140 and a second alignment film 51 covering the second electrode 160. , The liquid crystal molecules are provided with a pretilt at least by the first alignment film, and the first alignment film corresponds to the planarization layer 42.

The specifications of the convex portions 143, 144, the concave portion 145, and the like are the same as those in the above Table 3. Further, the values of T ₂ /T ₁ and the like are shown in Table 4 below. The material which also functions as the planarizing layer 42 which functions as a 1st alignment film is the same material as the aligning film material of Example 2A-1.

The configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment are the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, and the detailed description thereof will be omitted.

<Example 2A-3>

Example 2A-3 is a variation of Example 2A-1, specifically, the first electrode of the third form. A schematic partial end view of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2A-3 is shown in FIG. 18, and a pattern portion of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2A-3 along the arrow AA of FIG. 19 and the first electrode of the arrow BB, and the like. The cross-sectional views are shown in Figures 21A and 21B.

In the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-3, the planarization layer 43 fills between the concave portion 145 of the first electrode 140 and the concave portion 145, and the liquid crystal display device further includes a portion covering the first electrode 140 and the planarization layer 43. The alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51 covering the second electrode 160 provide liquid crystal molecules with at least a pretilt by the first alignment film 21.

The planarization layer 43 contains a resist material, and as the first alignment film 21 and the second alignment film 51, the same material as that of the alignment film material in the embodiment 2A-1 is used. The planarization layer 43 can be formed by forming a resist material layer on the uneven portion 141 of the first electrode 140 and etching back the resist material layer. Alternatively, the resist material layer may be exposed and developed by using an exposure mask that covers the concave portion 145 and the concave portion 145; or by using an exposure mask that covers the convex portion, The resist material layer is exposed and developed for development; it can also be formed by performing a so-called backside exposure; wherein the manner depends on the resist material. Further, the concave portion 145 of the first electrode 140 and the concave portion 145 may be filled with the alignment film material based on the etch back method. The specifications of the convex portions 143, 144, the concave portion 145, and the like are the same as those in the above Table 3. Further, the values of T ₂ /T ₁ and the like in Examples 2A to 3A and 2A to 3B are shown in Table 5 below.

Other than the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment are the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.

<Example 2A-4>

Example 2A-4 is a variation of Example 2A-1 to Example 2A-3, and relates to the 2-2th structure of the first electrode. FIG. 22 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode of one pixel constituting the liquid crystal display device of Example 2A-4, and a schematic partial end view of the first electrode and the like along the arrow AA and the arrow BB of FIG. 23A and 23B.

In the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, a plurality of uneven portions 241 (the convex portion 242 and the concave portion 245) are formed in the first electrode 240. Specifically, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-4, the uneven portion 241 includes a dry convex portion (main convex portion) 243 formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of dry convex portions 243 extending toward the inside of the pixel. a branch convex portion (sub convex portion) 244. Further, in the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, it is assumed that a straight line passing through the center portion of the pixel and parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel is the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, respectively, occupying the plural of the first quadrant. The branch convex portion 244 extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, and the plurality of branch convex portions 244 occupying the second quadrant are parallel to the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases. Extending, a plurality of branch convex portions 244 occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with a direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and when the value of the plurality of branch convex portions 244 and the X coordinate occupying the fourth quadrant increases The direction in which the value of the Y coordinate decreases is parallel to extend. The shape of the concave portion located at the central portion of the pixel is substantially a cross shape.

Other than the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment are the same as those of the liquid crystal display devices of the second embodiment to the second embodiment, and the detailed description thereof will be omitted.

Further, the 2-1st structure of the first electrode (the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-1 to the embodiment 2A-3) and the second-2 structure of the first electrode (the liquid crystal of the embodiment 2A-4) may be used. The display device is combined (the liquid crystal display device according to the 2-3th aspect of the present invention). That is, the schematic plan view of the first electrode of one pixel is as shown in Fig. 24, and the uneven portion 341 of the first electrode 340 includes a plurality of branch convex portions 344 extending from the center portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, a plurality of branch convex portions 344 extending toward the peripheral portion of the pixel from the dry convex portion 343A, and a plurality of branch convex portions 344 joined to each other and formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel The dry convex portion 343B. Further, the entire dry convex portion 343A, the branch convex portion 344, and the plurality of branch convex portions 344 are convex portions 342. Here, in the liquid crystal display device, it is assumed that a plurality of branches occupying the first quadrant when the dry convex portions 343A extending in a cross shape are used as the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, respectively. The convex portion 344 extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases when the value of the X coordinate increases, and the plurality of branch convex portions 344 occupying the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate decreases. The plurality of branch convex portions 344 occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the Y coordinate of the plurality of branch convex portions 344 occupying the fourth quadrant and the value of the X coordinate increases. The direction in which the value decreases is extended in parallel. Further, reference numeral 345 denotes a concave portion.

<Example 2B-1>

Example 2B-1 relates to the 3A structure of the first electrode, and specifically relates to the 3A-1 structure of the first electrode. Fig. 25 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-1; and Figs. 26A, 26B, and 26C are arrows along the arrow AA and Fig. 25; A schematic partial cross-sectional view of BB, the first electrode of the arrow CC, and the like; and FIG. 26D is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing an enlarged portion of FIG. 26C. The schematic partial end view of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-1 is substantially the same as that of Figs. 16 to 18.

In the schematic partial cross-sectional view of the first electrode or the like described below, the illustration of the planarizing layers 41, 42, 43 and the first alignment film 21 is omitted. Further, the embodiment after the embodiment 2B-1 or the embodiment 2B-2 and the embodiment 2B-2 is applied to the planarization layer 41 of the embodiment 2A-1, the first alignment film 21, and the planarization layer of the embodiment 2A-2. 42. Or the flat of embodiment 2A-3 The layer 43 and the first alignment film 21 are formed.

Further, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-1, a plurality of uneven portions 1141 (protrusions 1142 and recesses 1145) are formed in the first electrode 1140, and a plurality of steps are formed in the convex portion 1142 provided in the first electrode 1140. Difference.

Specifically, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-1, the uneven portion 1141 includes a dry convex portion (main convex portion) 1143 extending through the center portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a self-drying convex portion 1143 toward the peripheral portion of the pixel. A plurality of branch protrusions (sub-protrusions) 1144 are extended. More specifically, assuming that the dry convex portions 1143 extending in a cross shape are respectively the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, the value of the plurality of branch convex portions 1144 and the X coordinate occupying the first quadrant is increased. The direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases increases in parallel, and the plurality of branch convex portions 1144 occupying the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases, occupying a plurality of branches and convexities of the third quadrant. The portion 1144 extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the plurality of branch convex portions 1144 occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases. .

Further, the step portion of the dry convex portion 1143 or the branch convex portion 1144, the dry convex portion 3343, and the branch convex portion 33144 described below can be obtained, for example, by the following steps, but is not limited thereto: (a) The first transparent conductive material layers 1140A and 3340A are formed on the base smoothing film 22 and patterned; and (b) the first transparent conductive material layers 1140A and 3340A are formed to be etched with the first transparent conductive material layers 1140A and 3340A. The second transparent conductive material layers 1140B and 3340B are selected and patterned.

Further, when the dry convex portion 1143 is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion 1143, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 1143 is as follows: the stepped portion is formed by the dry convex portion 1143 The center of the surface shape is lowered toward the edge of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion 1143. Specifically, the top surface of the dry convex portion 1143 includes a top surface 1143B of the central portion of the dry convex portion 1143 and a top surface 1143A on both sides of the top surface 1143B. As described above, there are two step portions in the dry convex portion 1143, and in the order of the concave portion 1145, the top surface 1143A and the top surface 1143B are increased in order. The top surface of the branch convex portion 1144 is denoted by reference numeral 1144A, and the top surface 1143A of the dry convex portion 1143 is at the same level as the top surface 1144A of the branch convex portion 1144. In the drawing, the top surface 1143B of the dry convex portion 1143 is marked with a hatching extending in the lateral direction, and the concave portion 1145 is marked with a hatching extending in the longitudinal direction. The specifications of the dry convex portion 1143, the branch convex portion 1144, and the concave portion 1145 are as shown in Table 6 below.

When the stepped portion is not formed in the dry convex portion, the behavior of the liquid crystal molecules is as shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. 27A, and the alignment force of the liquid crystal molecules in the central portion of the dry convex portion is weak, and the center of the dry convex portion exists. The tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the portion is in an unstable state. On the other hand, in the embodiment 2B-1, since the plurality of step portions are formed in the dry convex portion 1143 as described above, that is, the plurality of top surfaces 1143A and 1143B are formed in the dry convex portion 1143, and thus the dry convex portion 1143 is formed. The electric field in the central portion is the highest, and the electric field is reduced toward the edge of the dry convex portion 1143. Therefore, the behavior of the liquid crystal molecules can be such that the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the central portion of the dry convex portion 1143 can be enhanced as shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. 27B, and the dry convex portion can be surely specified. The tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the central portion of 1143. Therefore, when the image is displayed, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion of the central portion corresponding to the dry convex portion 1143. In other words, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and achieving a more uniform high light transmittance, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce power consumption, and to improve the TFT. Reliability.

<Example 2B-2>

Example 2B-2 is a variation of Example 2B-1. FIG. 28 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-2; and FIGS. 30A and 30B showing an arrow AA and an arrow BB along FIG. A schematic partial cross-sectional view of an electrode or the like.

In the embodiment 2B-2, the top surface of the dry convex portion 1143 includes a top surface 1143C of the central portion of the dry convex portion 1143, a top surface 1143B on both sides of the top surface 1143C, and a top surface on the outer side of the top surface 1143B. 1143A. As described above, there are three step portions in the dry convex portion 1143, and in the order of the concave portion 1145, the top surface 1143A, the top surface 1143B, and the top surface 1143C are increased in order. Further, when the dry convex portion 1143 is cut by an imaginary vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the dry convex portion 1143, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 1143 is as follows: the central portion of the sectional shape of the stepped portion from the dry convex portion 1143 (top) The surface 1143C) is lowered toward the end of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion 1143 (the top surface 1143B and the top surface 1143A). Furthermore, in the figure, the top surface 1143C is marked with a cross hatch. The height difference between the top surface 1143C and the top surface 1143B of the dry convex portion 1143 and the height difference between the top surface 1143B and the top surface 1143A are 0.20 μm on average. The other specifications of the dry convex portion 1143, the branch convex portion 1144, and the concave portion 1145 are the same as those in Table 6.

In addition to the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-2 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-1, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.

<Example 2B-3>

Example 2B-3 is also a variation of Example 2B-1. In Fig. 29, a configuration example is shown FIG. 30C is a schematic partial end view of the first electrode of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 2B, and FIG. 30C is a schematic partial end view of the first electrode and the like along the arrow CC of FIG. 29; A schematic partial end view of the enlargement is shown in Fig. 30D.

In the embodiment 2B-3, when the branch convex portion 1144 is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion 1144, the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 1144 is as follows: the profile of the step portion from the branch convex portion 1144 The center of the shape is lowered toward the edge of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 1144. Specifically, the top surface of the branch convex portion 1144 includes a top surface 1144B extending from the dry convex portion 1143 and a top surface 1144A on both sides of the top surface 1144B. As described above, there are two step portions in the branch convex portion 1144, and in the order of the concave portion 1145, the top surface 1144A and the top surface 1144B are increased in order. Further, in the drawing, the top surface 1144B is marked with a hatching extending in the lateral direction. In addition, in FIGS. 29, 31, and 37, the boundary between the dry convex portion and the branch convex portion is indicated by a solid line. The height difference between the top surface 1143B and the top surface 1143A of the branch convex portion 1144 is an average of 0.20 μm. The other specifications of the dry convex portion 1143, the branch convex portion 1144, and the concave portion 1145 are the same as those in Table 6. The top surface 1143B of the dry convex portion 1143 is at the same level as the top surface 1144B of the branch convex portion 1144.

Other than the above, the configuration and configuration of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-3 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-1, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.

Furthermore, as shown in the schematic plan view of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 31, the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment can also be in the form of a branch and a convex portion. When the imaginary vertical plane in which the extending directions of 1144 are parallel is cut by the branch convex portion 1144, the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 1144 is as follows: the step of the step portion from the dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 1144 toward the branch convex portion 1144 The end of the shape is lowered. Further, as shown in the schematic perspective view of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 32, it may be combined with the dry convex portion 1143 described in the second embodiment.

<Example 2B-4>

Example 2B-4 is also a variation of Example 2B-1, relating to the 3A-2 junction of the first electrode. Structure. A schematic plan view of a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-4 is shown in FIG. 33, and a schematic perspective view is shown in FIG. 34 along the arrow AA and arrow BB of FIG. A schematic partial end face diagram of a 1 electrode or the like is shown in FIG. 36A and FIG. 36B, and a schematic partial end face view in which a part of FIG. 36B is enlarged is shown in FIG. 36C.

In the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, the plurality of irregularities 1241 (the convex portions 1242 and the recessed portions 1245) are formed in the first electrode 1240, and the plurality of steps are formed in the convex portions 1242 provided in the first electrode 1240. Difference. Specifically, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-4, the uneven portion 1241 includes a dry convex portion (main convex portion) 1243 formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of dry convex portions 1243 extending toward the inside of the pixel. Branch protrusions (sub-protrusions) 1244. Further, in the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, it is assumed that the straight line passing through the center portion of the pixel and parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel is the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, respectively, occupying the first quadrant. The plurality of branch convex portions 1244 extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, and the plurality of branch convex portions 1244 occupying the second quadrant are parallel to the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases. Extending the ground, the plurality of branch convex portions 1244 occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the value of the plurality of branch convex portions 1244 and the X coordinate occupying the fourth quadrant increases. The direction in which the value of the Y coordinate decreases is parallel to extend.

Further, when the dry convex portion 1243 is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion 1243, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 1243 is as follows: the step portion is a side edge portion other than the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 1243 The inner edge portion of the cross-sectional shape toward the dry convex portion 1243 is lowered. Specifically, the top surface of the dry convex portion 1243 includes a top surface 1243B near the outer edge portion of the dry convex portion 1243 and a top surface 1243A near the inner edge portion. In this manner, there are two step portions in the dry convex portion 1243, and when the concave portion 1245 is used as the reference, the top surface 1243A and the top surface 1243B are used. The order becomes higher. Further, the top surface of the branch convex portion 1244 is denoted by reference numeral 1244A, and the top surface 1243A of the dry convex portion 1243 and the top surface 1244A of the branch convex portion 1244 are at the same level. In the drawing, the top surface 1243B of the dry convex portion 1243 is marked with a hatching extending in the lateral direction, and the concave portion 1245 is marked with a hatching extending in the longitudinal direction. The shape of the concave portion located at the central portion of the pixel is substantially a cross shape. The specifications of the dry convex portion 1243, the branch convex portion 1244, and the concave portion 1245 are as shown in Table 7 below.

Other than the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-4 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-1, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.

In the second embodiment, since the dry convex portion 1243 is formed with a plurality of step portions, the electric field at the outer edge portion of the dry convex portion 1243 is the highest, and the electric field is lowered toward the inner edge portion of the dry convex portion 1243. As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules of the dry convex portion 1243 can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules of the dry convex portion 1243 can be surely defined. Therefore, when the image is displayed, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion corresponding to the dry convex portion 1243. That is, it can be mentioned A liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and capable of achieving a more uniform high transmittance can also reduce the cost of a light source constituting a backlight and reduce power consumption, and can also improve the reliability of the TFT. .

<Example 2B-5>

Example 2B-5 is a variation of Example 2B-4. A schematic plan view of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-5 is shown in FIG. 35, and a schematic partial end surface of the first electrode along the arrow DD of FIG. 35 is enlarged. Figure 36D.

In the embodiment 2B-5, the top surface of the dry convex portion 1243 includes a top surface 1243C near the outer edge portion of the dry convex portion 1243, and a top surface 1243B and a top surface 1243A toward the inner edge portion. As described above, there are three step portions in the dry convex portion 1243, and when the concave portion 1245 is used as the reference, the top surface 1243A, the top surface 1243B, and the top surface 1243C are increased in order. Furthermore, in the drawing, the top surface 1243C is marked with a cross hatching. The height difference between the top surface 1243C and the top surface 1243B of the dry convex portion 1243 and the height difference between the top surface 1243B and the top surface 1243A are 0.20 μm on average. The other specifications of the dry convex portion 1243, the branch convex portion 1244, and the concave portion 1245 are the same as those in Table 7.

Other than the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-5 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-4, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.

<Example 2B-6>

Example 2B-6 is a variation of Example 2B-5. Fig. 37 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-6.

In the embodiment 2B-6, when the branch convex portion 1244 is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion 1244, the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 1244 is as follows: the step of the step portion from the branch convex portion 1244 The center of the shape is lowered toward the edge of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 1244. Specifically, the top surface of the branch protrusion 1244 includes a top surface 1244B extending from the top surface 1243B of the dry protrusion 1243 and a top surface 1244A on both sides of the top surface 1244B. Further, when the concave portion 1245 is used as a reference, there are two step portions in the branch convex portion 1244, and the top surface 1244A and the top surface are provided. The order of 1244B becomes higher. Furthermore, in the drawing, the top surface 1244B is marked with a hatching extending in the lateral direction. The height difference between the top surface 1243B of the branch protrusion 1244 and the top surface 1243A is an average of 0.28 μm. The other specifications of the dry convex portion 1243, the branch convex portion 1244, and the concave portion 1245 are the same as those in Table 7. The top surface 1243B of the dry convex portion 1243 is at the same level as the top surface 1244B of the branch convex portion 1244.

Further, as shown in the schematic perspective view of a variation of the first electrode of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-6 of FIG. 38, the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment can also be in the following form. That is, when the branch convex portion 1244 is cut by an imaginary vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the branch convex portion 1244, the sectional shape of the branch convex portion 1244 is as follows: the dry convex portion of the sectional shape from the branch convex portion 1244 The end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the side toward the branch convex portion 1244 is lowered.

The configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment are the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, and the detailed description thereof will be omitted. Further, similarly to the embodiment 2B-4, the top surface of the dry convex portion 1243 may include a top surface 1243B and a top surface 1243A on both sides of the top surface 1243B.

<Example 2B-7>

Embodiment 2B-7 is a change of the liquid crystal display device described in Embodiment 2A-1 to Embodiment 2B-6, or a third BB structure of the first electrode, specifically, the third electrode of the first electrode. -1 structure. A schematic plan view of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-7 is shown in FIG. 39, and an example shown in FIG. 39 is a change of the embodiment 2A-1. Alternatively, a schematic plan view of a variation of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-7 is shown in FIG. 40, and an example shown in FIG. 40 is a change of the embodiment 2B-1. A schematic partial cross-sectional view of the first electrode or the like along the arrow A-A of Fig. 40 is shown in Fig. 41.

In the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-7, a plurality of concave and convex portions 141 and 1141 are formed on the first electrodes 140 and 1140, and a portion of the first substrate between the pixel 10 and the pixel 10 is formed. The first substrate portion corresponding to the peripheral portion of the pixel is formed with convex structures 147 and 1147, and the peripheral portions 141A and 1141A of the uneven portions 141 and 1141 are formed on the convex structures 147 and 1147. Here, the convex structures 147, 1147 are specifically formed based on the black matrix 1147A formed on the color filter layer 23. The black matrix 1147A contains a photocurable resin to which carbon is added. Furthermore, the specifications of the dry convex portions 143, 1143, the branch convex portions 144, 1144, and the concave portions 145, 1145 are as shown in Tables 3 and 6, and the height difference between the top surface 1143B of the dry convex portion 1143 and the top surface 1143A. It is an average of 0.20 μm. Further, the height from the smoothing film 22 to the end portions of the uneven portions 141 and 1141 is 0.3 μm on average.

In the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-7, since the peripheral portions 141A and 1141A of the uneven portions 141 and 1141 are formed on the convex structures 147 and 1147, they are formed in the uneven portion as compared with the case where the peripheral portion of the uneven portion is flat. A stronger electric field is generated in the peripheral portion. As a result, the alignment restricting force of the liquid crystal molecules of the peripheral portions 141A and 1141A of the uneven portions 141 and 1141 can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules of the peripheral portions 141A and 1141A of the uneven portions 141 and 1141 can be surely defined. Therefore, good voltage response characteristics can be maintained.

Further, the convex structure is not limited to the form formed by the black matrix, and may be included in the liquid crystal display device constituent elements formed on the first substrate 20 or above the first substrate 20, for example, various signal lines or auxiliary capacitor electrodes. , gate electrode, source/drain electrode, various wiring. Further, at this time, by optimizing the thickness of the smoothing film 22, a convex structure can be formed on the smoothing film 22 by the influence of the thickness of the constituent elements of the liquid crystal display device.

Alternatively, the 3B-2 structure of the first electrode may be employed. In other words, the peripheral portion of the uneven portions 241 and 1241 described in the embodiment 2A-4 or the embodiment 2B-4 can be specifically formed as a frame-shaped dry convex portion (main convex portion) 243 in the peripheral portion of the pixel. 1243 is formed on the convex structures 147 and 1147. Alternatively, the convex structure of Example 2B-7 can also be applied to Examples 2B-8 or later embodiments.

<Example 2B-8>

Example 2B-8 relates to the 3C structure of the first electrode, and further relates to the embodiment. 2A-1 to 2A-3 (second structure of the first electrode), Example 2B-1 to Example 2B-3 (3A-1 structure of the first electrode), and Example 2B- 7 (change of the 3B-1 structure of the first electrode). A schematic partial end face view of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-8 is shown in Fig. 42 or Fig. 43. Further, a schematic view showing the behavior of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-8 is shown in Figs. 95A and 95B.

In the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, as shown in FIG. 19, FIG. 24, and FIG. 39, a plurality of concave and convex portions 141 are formed on the first electrode 140, and the uneven portion 141 includes a central portion of the pixel and extends in a cross shape. The dry convex portion 143 and the plurality of branch convex portions 144 extending from the dry convex portion 143 toward the peripheral portion of the pixel. Alternatively, as shown in FIGS. 25, 28, 29, 31, 32, and 40, a plurality of uneven portions 1141 are formed in the first electrode 1140, and the uneven portion 1141 includes a center portion of the pixel and extends in a cross shape. The dry convex portion 1143 and the plurality of branch convex portions 1144 extending from the dry convex portion 1143 toward the peripheral portion of the pixel. Further, as shown in FIG. 42 or FIG. 43, an alignment restricting portion 161 is formed in a portion of the second electrode 160 corresponding to the dry convex portion 143 and 1143.

Here, the alignment restricting portion 161 specifically includes a 4.0 μm slit portion 162 provided in the second electrode 160 (see FIGS. 42 and 95A ), or includes a protruding portion (rib portion) provided on the second electrode 160 . 163 (refer to FIG. 43 and FIG. 95B). The protrusion 163 more specifically includes a negative-type photoresist material (manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd.: Optomer AL), and has a width of 1.4 μm and a height of 1.2 μm. Further, the specifications of the dry convex portion 1143, the branch convex portion 1144, and the concave portion 1145 are as shown in Table 6, and the height difference between the top surface 1143B of the dry convex portion 1143 and the top surface 1143A is 0.20 μm on average. The planar shape of the slit portion 162 or the protruding portion (rib portion) 163 is a cross shape, and the cross-sectional shape of the protruding portion 163 is an isosceles triangle. The second electrode 160 is not formed on the slit portion 162 or the protrusion portion 163.

In the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-8, since the alignment restricting portion 161 including the slit portion 162 is formed in the portion of the second electrode 160 corresponding to the dry convex portion 143 and 1143, the electric field generated by the second electrode 160 is generated. A strain is generated in the vicinity of the alignment restricting portion 161. Or by Since the alignment restricting portion 161 including the protruding portion (rib portion) 163 is formed, the lodging direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the protruding portion 163 is defined. As a result, the alignment restricting force of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the alignment restricting portion 161 can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the alignment restricting portion 161 can be surely defined. Therefore, when the image is displayed, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. In other words, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and achieving a more uniform high light transmittance, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce power consumption, and to improve the TFT. Reliability. Further, the alignment restricting portion 161 may include a portion of the second electrode 160 formed in a protruding shape.

Furthermore, the embodiment 2B-8 can be applied to the embodiment after the embodiment 2C-1 and the embodiment 2C-1, and the embodiment 2B-9 described below can also be applied to the embodiment 2C-1 and the embodiment. Example after 2C-1.

<Example 2B-9>

Example 2B-9 relates to the 3D structure of the first electrode, and also relates to the change of Example 2A-4 (the 2-2th structure of the first electrode), and the example 2B-4 to the embodiment 2B-6 ( The change of the 3A-2 structure of the first electrode) and the change of the embodiment 2B-7 (the 3B-2 structure of the first electrode). A schematic plan view of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2B-9 is shown in FIG. 44, FIG. 45, FIG. 46, and FIG. 47, and the examples shown in FIGS. 44 and 46 are implemented. Example 2A-4 changes. In addition, in the example shown in FIG. 45 and FIG. 47, in the change of the embodiment 2B-4, a plurality of uneven portions 1241 are formed in the first electrode 1240, and a plurality of step portions are formed. A schematic partial cross-sectional view of the first electrode or the like along the arrows AA and BB of FIG. 45 is shown in FIGS. 48A and 48B, and a schematic partial cross section of the first electrode or the like along the arrows CC and DD of FIG. The figure is shown in Fig. 48C and Fig. 48D.

In the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, the plurality of concave and convex portions 241 and 1241 are formed on the first electrodes 240 and 1240, and the uneven portions 241 and 1241 include dry convex portions formed in a frame shape at the peripheral portion of the pixel. 243, 1243, and a plurality of branch convex portions 244 and 1244 extending from the inside of the pixel from the dry convex portions 243 and 1243, and the slit portions 248 passing through the center portion of the pixel and parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel are formed in the first electrodes 240 and 1240. 1248 (see FIGS. 44 and 45) or protrusions (ribs) 249 and 1249 (see FIGS. 46 and 47). That is, the slit portions 248 and 1248 or the protrusion portions 249 and 1249 are formed in the cross-shaped concave portion provided at the central portion of the pixel. The planar shape of the slit portions 248, 1248 or the protrusions 249, 1249 is a cross shape. Further, the specifications of the dry convex portions 243 and 1243, the branch convex portions 244 and 1244, and the concave portions 245 and 1245 are as shown in Tables 3 and 7. The width of the slit portions 248, 1248 is 4.0 μm. Further, the protrusions 249 and 1249 including the negative-type photoresist material (manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd.: Optomer AL) have a width of 1.4 μm and a height of 1.2 μm. The cross-sectional shape of the protrusions 249 and 1249 is an isosceles triangle. The first electrodes 240 and 1240 are not formed on the slit portions 248 and 1248 or the protrusions 249 and 1249.

In the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2B-9, since the slit portion or the protrusion portion which is parallel to the pixel peripheral portion through the pixel center portion is formed on the first electrode, the slit portion or the protrusion portion is not formed in the first electrode. In the case of the flat recessed portion, the electric field generated by the first electrode is strained in the vicinity of the slit portion or the protruding portion (in the case where the slit portion is formed), or the lodging direction of the liquid crystal molecules is regulated (in the case where the protruding portion is formed) . As a result, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the slit portion or the protrusion portion can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the slit portion or the protrusion portion can be surely defined. Therefore, when the image is displayed, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion corresponding to the dry convex portion. In other words, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and achieving a more uniform high light transmittance, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce power consumption, and to improve the TFT. Reliability. Further, in the first electrodes 240 and 1240, the protrusions 249 and 1249 may be formed so as to be surrounded by the concave portion by the convex portion of the cross at the center of the pixel. Such a cross-shaped convex portion may be provided by forming a cross-shaped convex portion on the lower side of the first electrodes 240 and 1240, or may be utilized with the first electrode The method of forming the uneven portion in 240 and 1240 is set in the same manner. Alternatively, a cross-shaped concave portion passing through the center portion of the pixel may be provided instead of the slit portions 248, 1248 or the protruding portions (rib portions) 249 and 1249.

<Example 2C-1>

The second embodiment of the first electrode is the fourth structure of the first electrode, and specifically relates to the fourth structure of the first electrode. 49 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-1; and FIG. 50 shows a pixel of the liquid crystal display device constituting the embodiment 2C-1. FIG. 51A and FIG. 51B are schematic partial cross-sectional views showing the first electrode and the like along the arrows AA and BB of FIG. 49, and FIG. 51C is a view showing a schematic plan view of a portion of the first electrode; FIG. A partial partial cross-sectional view of a partial enlargement of 51B. The schematic partial end view of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-1 is substantially the same as that of Figs. 16 to 18.

The liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-1 or the following embodiment 2C-2 to the embodiment 2C-8 is the same as the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-1 to the embodiment 2A-3, and is a plurality of pixels 10 (10A, 10B and 10C), the pixel 10 (10A, 10B, 10C) includes a first substrate 20 and a second substrate 50, and first electrodes (pixel electrodes) 2140, 2240, 2340, and 2440, which are formed in and The second substrate 50 faces the opposing surface of the first substrate 20; the second electrode (counter electrode) 160 is formed on the opposite surface of the second substrate 50 facing the first substrate 20; and the liquid crystal layer 70 The liquid crystal molecules 71A, 71B, and 71C are provided between the first electrodes 2140, 2240, 2340, and 2440 and the second electrode 160, and the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted.

The liquid crystal molecules are given a pretilt. Specifically, the liquid crystal molecules are given a pretilt at least on the first electrode side. Furthermore, the liquid crystal molecules have a negative dielectric anisotropy. Further, a plurality of concave and convex portions 2141 are formed in the first electrodes 2140, 2240, 2340, and 2440. In 2241, 2341, and 2241, the width of a part of the convex portions 2142, 2242, 2342, and 2242 provided in the first electrodes 2140, 2240, 2340, and 2440 is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion. Further, in the drawings, the concave portions 2145, 2245, 2345, and 2445 are attached with hatching extending in the longitudinal direction.

Further, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-1, the uneven portion 2141 includes a dry convex portion (main convex portion) 2143 extending through the center portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a self-drying convex portion 2143 extending toward the peripheral portion of the pixel. A plurality of branch convex portions (sub convex portions) 2144. Here, the plurality of branch convex portions 2144 correspond to a part of the convex portion provided on the first electrode 2140. Among the widths of the branch convex portions 2144, the portion 2144a of the branch convex portion joined to the dry convex portion 2143 is the widest, and the portion 2144a joined from the dry convex portion 2143 is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion 2144b (specifically, linearly Narrowed). More specifically, assuming that the dry convex portions 2143 extending in a cross shape are respectively the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, the values of the plurality of branch convex portions 2144 ₁ and the X coordinate occupying the first quadrant are respectively occupied. When increasing, the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases increases in parallel, and the plurality of branch convex portions 2144 ₂ occupying the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases, occupying a plurality of the third quadrant The branch convex portion 2144 ₃ extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the value of the Y coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate increases in the plurality of branch convex portions 2144 ₄ occupying the fourth quadrant. The directions extend in parallel. Furthermore, the plurality of branch convex portions 2144 ₁ occupying the first quadrant extend at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to the X-axis, and the plurality of branch convex portions 2144 ₂ occupying the second quadrant extend by 135 degrees with respect to the X-axis. The plurality of branch projections 2144 ₃ occupying the third quadrant extend at an angle of 225 degrees from the X-axis, and the plurality of branch projections 2144 ₄ occupying the fourth quadrant extend at 315 degrees from the X-axis.

The specifications of the dry convex portion 2143, the branch convex portion 2144, and the concave portion 2145 are as shown in Table 8 below. Further, the width of the dry convex portion 2143 is 8.0 μm. Further, the angle α ₀ of the axis of the branch convex portion and the outer edge of the dry convex portion (for example, refer to Fig. 97) is 45 degrees.

When a liquid crystal display device is manufactured, a liquid crystal molecule is pretilted in a state where a voltage is applied to the electrode. At this time, as shown in FIG. 52A and FIG. 52B, the liquid crystal molecule A located at or near the tip edge portion a (for convenience, referred to as "top region") has its long axis direction (director) oriented toward the dry convex. Tilted. Further, when a region in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal molecule A is contained in the liquid crystal layer, the movement of the liquid crystal molecules A is transmitted to the entire liquid crystal molecule of one pixel excluding the edge portion of the branch convex portion which is affected by the local electric field of the structure ( For the sake of convenience, it is referred to as "liquid crystal molecule A'"), and the director of the liquid crystal molecule A' is inclined toward the dry convex portion. Here, in the liquid crystal display device in which the branch convex portion is not tapered as shown in FIG. 52B, the liquid crystal molecule A is present as compared with the embodiment 2C-1 in which the branch convex portion is tapered as shown in FIG. 52A. It is difficult for the movement to be transmitted to the liquid crystal molecule A', or the movement of the liquid crystal molecule A to the liquid crystal molecule A' takes a longer time.

When a voltage is applied to the electrodes when the liquid crystal display device performs image display, the liquid crystal molecules in the entire liquid crystal layer are changed so that the directors are parallel to the first substrate and the second substrate. In addition, in FIGS. 52A and 52B, the direction of the electric field of the side edge portion is indicated by a hollow arrow. Here, it is assumed that a columnar region in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal molecules B located at or near the side edge portion b (for convenience, referred to as "side region") is included in the columnar region. The liquid crystal molecules aligned in the thickness direction are rotated. That is, the direction of the director of the liquid crystal molecule B located in the side region and the thickness of the columnar region containing the liquid crystal molecule B are thick The directions of the directors of the liquid crystal molecules arranged in the direction of the direction (referred to as "liquid crystal molecules B' for convenience") exhibit different states. Further, the angle formed by the director of the liquid crystal molecules B and the director of the liquid crystal molecule B' is β. Here, in the liquid crystal display device in which the branch convex portion is not tapered as shown in FIG. 52B, since the range of the rotation angle of the liquid crystal molecules is wide (that is, because the angle β is large), it exists in the X-axis direction or Y. A case where the proportion of liquid crystal molecules having a retardation in the axial direction is small. Therefore, there is a possibility that the light transmittance of the branch convex portion becomes uneven, and a dark line is formed. On the other hand, in the embodiment 2C-1 in which the branch convex portion is formed into a tapered shape as shown in FIG. 52A, since the range of the rotation angle of the liquid crystal molecules is narrow (that is, since the angle β is small), it is in the X-axis direction. The proportion of liquid crystal molecules having a retardation in the Y-axis direction is large. Therefore, the light transmittance of the branch convex portion is not made uneven, and generation of dark lines can be suppressed.

In the fine slit structure, in the slit where the electrode is not provided, there is a case where the electric field hardly affects the liquid crystal molecules, and it is difficult for the liquid crystal molecules to align in the desired direction (it is difficult to fall). Therefore, there is a corresponding dark line which is generated by the slit, resulting in a decrease in light transmittance. In the embodiment 2C-1, since the liquid crystal molecules are affected by the electric field in the entire region within the pixel, it is difficult to generate dark lines.

As described above, in the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, the plurality of uneven portions are formed on the first electrode, and the width of the convex portion provided in one of the first electrodes is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion. Therefore, the generation of dark lines can be further reduced. That is, a more uniform high light transmittance can be achieved, and a better voltage response characteristic can also be obtained. In addition, since the improvement of the initial alignment is expected, it is possible to impart a pre-tilt to the liquid crystal molecules by applying a uniform ultraviolet ray to the liquid crystal cell while applying an alternating electric field of a rectangular wave to the liquid crystal cell. The time of tilting is shortened. In addition, since it is expected that the alignment defect is reduced, the yield can be improved, and the production cost of the liquid crystal display device can be lowered. Further, since the light transmittance can be improved, it is possible to reduce the power consumption of the backlight and improve the reliability of the TFT.

<Example 2C-2>

Example 2C-2 is a variation of Example 2C-1 relating to the 4B structure of the first electrode. A schematic plan view of a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-2 is shown in FIG. 53, and a schematic partial end view of the first electrode or the like along the arrow AA and the arrow BB of FIG. 54A and 54B, a schematic partial end view showing an enlarged portion of Fig. 54B is shown in Fig. 54C.

In the second embodiment, the uneven portion 2241 includes a dry convex portion (main convex portion) 2243 formed in a frame shape at the peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions (sub convex portions) extending from the inner dry portion 2243 toward the inside of the pixel. ) 2244. Further, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-2, the plurality of branch convex portions 2244 correspond to the convex portions provided in one of the first electrode convex portions and the width of the branch convex portion 2244, and the branch convex portions 2243 are joined to each other. The portion 2244a of the portion is the widest, and the portion 2244a joined from the dry convex portion 2243 is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion 2244b. More specifically, the width of the branch convex portion 2244 is linearly narrowed from the portion 2244a joined to the dry convex portion 2243 toward the distal end portion 2244b. Further, reference numeral 2245 denotes a concave portion.

Further, in the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, it is assumed that the straight line passing through the center portion of the pixel and parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel is the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, respectively, occupying the plural of the first quadrant. The branch convex portion 2244 ₁ extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, and the plurality of branch convex portions 2244 ₂ occupying the second quadrant and the value of the X coordinate decrease when the value of the X coordinate decreases. Extending in parallel, a plurality of branch convex portions 2244 ₃ occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with a direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases, occupying a plurality of branch convex portions 2244 ₄ and X coordinates in the fourth quadrant When the value increases, the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate decreases decreases in parallel.

Further, the plurality of branch convex portions 2244 ₁ occupying the first quadrant extend at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to the X-axis, and the plurality of branch convex portions 2244 ₂ occupying the second quadrant extend at an angle of 135 degrees with respect to the X-axis. The plurality of branch projections 2244 ₃ occupying the third quadrant extend at an angle of 225 degrees from the X-axis, and the plurality of branch projections 2244 ₄ occupying the fourth quadrant extend at an angle of 315 degrees from the X-axis.

The configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment are the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, and the detailed description thereof will be omitted.

<Example 2C-3>

Example 2C-3 is a fourth C-structure of the first electrode, specifically, a fourth C-1 structure of the first electrode. Fig. 55 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-3. The schematic partial end view of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-3 is substantially the same as that of Figs. 16 to 18. The schematic partial cross-sectional views of the first electrode and the like along the arrows A-A, B-B, and C-C of FIG. 55 are substantially the same as those of FIGS. 26A, 26B, and 26C.

In addition, in FIGS. 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, and 61, the width of the branch convex portion is depicted as a fixed width in order to simplify the drawing, but actually, in the example 2C-1 As described in the embodiment 2C-2, the branch convex portion is formed in a tapered shape. That is, among the widths of the branch convex portions, the portion of the branch convex portion joined to the dry convex portion is the widest, and the portion joined to the dry convex portion is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion.

In the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, a plurality of uneven portions 2341 (protrusions 2342 and recesses 2345) are formed in the first electrode 2340, and a plurality of step portions are formed in the convex portion 2342 provided in the first electrode 2340. . Further, the uneven portion 2341 includes a dry convex portion (main convex portion) 2343 extending in a cross shape through the pixel center portion, and a plurality of branch convex portions (sub convex portions) 2344 extending from the dry convex portion 2343 toward the pixel peripheral portion. Further, among the widths of the branch convex portions 2344, the portion of the branch convex portion joined to the dry convex portion 2343 is the widest, and the portion joined from the dry convex portion 2343 is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion (specifically, linearly changed) narrow).

Here, when the dry convex portion 2343 is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion 2343, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 2343 is as follows: the step portion is oriented toward the center of the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 2343 The edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion 2343 is lowered. in particular, The top surface of the dry convex portion 2343 includes a top surface 2343B of a central portion of the dry convex portion 2343 and a top surface 2343A on both sides of the top surface 2343B. As described above, there are two step portions in the dry convex portion 2343, and when the concave portion 2345 is used as the reference, the top surface 2343A and the top surface 2343B are increased in order. The top surface of the branch convex portion 2344 is denoted by reference numeral 2344A, and the top surface 2343A of the dry convex portion 2343 and the top surface 2344A of the branch convex portion 2344 are at the same level. In the drawing, the top surface 2343B of the dry convex portion 2343 is marked with a hatching extending in the lateral direction, and the concave portion 2345 is marked with a hatching extending in the longitudinal direction.

In addition to the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-3 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device described in Embodiment 2C-1.

<Example 2C-4>

Example 2C-4 is a variation of Example 2C-3. Fig. 56 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-4. Further, a schematic partial cross-sectional view of the first electrode and the like along the arrows A-A and B-B of Fig. 56 is substantially the same as Figs. 30A and 30B.

In the embodiment 2C-4, the top surface of the dry convex portion 2343 includes a top surface 2343C of the central portion of the dry convex portion 2343, a top surface 2343B on both sides of the top surface 2343C, and a top surface on the outer side of the top surface 2343B. 2343A. As described above, there are three step portions in the dry convex portion 2343, and when the concave portion 2345 is used as the reference, the top surface 2343A, the top surface 2343B, and the top surface 2343C are sequentially increased. Further, when the dry convex portion 2343 is cut by an imaginary vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the dry convex portion 2343, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 2343 is as follows: the step portion is the central portion of the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 2343 (top) The surface 2343C) is lowered toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion 2343 (the top surface 2343B and the top surface 2343A). Furthermore, in the figure, the top surface 2343C is marked with a cross hatch.

Except for the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-4 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-3, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.

<Example 2C-5>

Example 2C-5 is also a variation of Example 2C-3. Fig. 57 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-5. In addition, the schematic partial end view of the first electrode or the like along the arrow C-C of Fig. 57 is substantially the same as that of Fig. 30C, and the partially enlarged partial end view is substantially the same as Fig. 30D.

In the embodiment 2C-5, when the branch convex portion 2344 is cut by the imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion 2344, the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 2344 is as follows: the step of the step portion from the branch convex portion 2344 The center of the shape is lowered toward the edge of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 2344. Specifically, the top surface of the branch convex portion 2344 includes a top surface 2344B extending from the dry convex portion 2343 and a top surface 2344A on both sides of the top surface 2344B. As described above, there are two step portions in the branch convex portion 2344, and when the concave portion 2345 is used as the reference, the top surface 2344A and the top surface 2344B are increased in order. Further, in the drawing, the top surface 2344B is marked with a hatching extending in the lateral direction. In addition, in FIGS. 57, 58, and 61, the boundary between the dry convex portion and the branch convex portion is indicated by a solid line. The height difference between the top surface 2343B of the branch convex portion 2344 and the top surface 2343A is an average of 0.20 μm. The top surface 2343B of the dry convex portion 2343 is at the same level as the top surface 2344B of the branch convex portion 2344.

Other than the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-5 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-3, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.

Furthermore, as shown in the schematic plan view of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 58, the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment can be extended as follows: When the imaginary vertical plane parallel to the direction cuts the branch convex portion 2344, the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 2344 is as follows: the step of the stepped portion from the dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 2344 toward the end of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 2344 The ministry fell. Alternatively, it may be combined with the dry convex portion 2343 described in the embodiment 2C-4.

<Example 2C-6>

Example 2C-6 is also a variation of Example 2C-3, relating to the 4th C-2 junction of the first electrode. Structure. A schematic plan view of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-6 is shown in FIG. 59. Further, the pattern partial end views of the first electrode and the like along the arrows A-A and B-B of Fig. 59 are substantially the same as those shown in Figs. 36A, 36B, and 36C.

In the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, the plurality of concave and convex portions 2441 (the convex portion 2442 and the concave portion 2445) are formed in the first electrode 2440, and a plurality of convex portions 2442 are provided in the first electrode 2440. Step difference. Specifically, in the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, the uneven portion 2441 includes a dry convex portion (main convex portion) 2443 formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of dry convex portions 2443 extending toward the inside of the pixel. Branches (sub-protrusions) 2444. Further, among the widths of the branch convex portions 2444, the portion of the branch convex portion joined to the dry convex portion 2443 is the widest, and the portion joined from the dry convex portion 2443 is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion (specifically, linearly changed) narrow).

Here, when the dry convex portion 2443 is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion 2443, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 2443 is as follows: the step portion is outside the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion 2443 The portion descends toward the inner edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion 2443. Specifically, the top surface of the dry convex portion 2443 includes a top surface 2443B near the outer edge portion of the dry convex portion 2443 and a top surface 2443A near the inner edge portion. As described above, there are two step portions in the dry convex portion 2443, and in the order of the concave portion 2445, the top surface 2443A and the top surface 2443B are increased in order. Further, the top surface of the branch convex portion 2444 is denoted by reference numeral 2444A, and the top surface 2443A of the dry convex portion 2443 and the top surface 2444A of the branch convex portion 2444 are at the same level. In the drawing, the top surface 2443B of the dry convex portion 2443 is attached with a hatching extending in the lateral direction, and the concave portion 2445 is marked with a hatching extending in the longitudinal direction. The shape of the concave portion located at the central portion of the pixel is substantially a cross shape.

In addition to the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-6 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device described in the embodiment 2C-2 or the embodiment 2C-3.

In the embodiment 2C-6, since the dry convex portion 2443 is formed with a plurality of step portions, it is dried. The electric field at the outer edge portion of the convex portion 2443 is the highest, and the electric field is lowered toward the inner edge portion of the dry convex portion 2443. As a result, the alignment restricting force of the liquid crystal molecules of the dry convex portion 2443 can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules of the dry convex portion 2443 can be surely defined. Therefore, when image display is performed, it is difficult to generate a dark line in the image portion corresponding to the dry convex portion 2443. In other words, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of maintaining a good voltage response characteristic and achieving a more uniform high light transmittance, and it is also possible to reduce the cost of the light source constituting the backlight and reduce power consumption, and to improve the TFT. Reliability.

<Example 2C-7>

Example 2C-7 is a variation of Example 2C-6. A schematic plan view of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-7 is shown in FIG. Further, the pattern partial end view enlarged along the first electrode of the arrow D-D of Fig. 60 is substantially the same as that shown in Fig. 36D.

In the embodiment 2C-7, the top surface of the dry convex portion 2443 includes a top surface 2443C near the outer edge portion of the dry convex portion 2443, and a top surface 2443B and a top surface 2443A toward the inner edge portion. As described above, there are three step portions in the dry convex portion 2443, and in the order of the concave portion 2445, the top surface 2443A, the top surface 2443B, and the top surface 2443C are increased in order. Furthermore, in the figure, the top surface 2443C is marked with a cross hatching. The height difference between the top surface 2443C and the top surface 2443B of the dry convex portion 2443 and the height difference between the top surface 2443B and the top surface 2443A are 0.20 μm on average.

Except for the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-7 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-6, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.

<Example 2C-8>

Example 2C-8 is a variation of Example 2C-7. Fig. 61 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2C-8.

In the embodiment 2C-8, when the branch convex portion 2444 is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion 2444, the sectional shape of the branch convex portion 2444 is as follows: the step portion is self-braking The center of the cross-sectional shape of the portion 2444 is lowered toward the edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 2444. Specifically, the top surface of the branch convex portion 2444 includes a top surface 2444B extending from the top surface 2443B of the dry convex portion 2443, and a top surface 2444A on both sides of the top surface 2444B. Further, when the concave portion 2445 is used as a reference, the stepped portion 2444 has two step portions, and is increased in the order of the top surface 2444A and the top surface 2444B. Further, in the drawing, the top surface 2444B is marked with a hatching extending in the lateral direction. The height difference between the top surface 2443B of the branch convex portion 2444 and the top surface 2443A is an average of 0.28 μm. The top surface 2443B of the dry convex portion 2443 is at the same level as the top surface 2444B of the branch convex portion 2444.

In addition, when the branch convex portion 2444 is cut in a virtual vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the branch convex portion 2444, the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 2444 is as follows: the step portion is from the branch convex portion. The dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of 2444 is lowered toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 2444.

Except for the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-8 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2C-6, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted. Further, similarly to the embodiment 2C-6, the top surface of the dry convex portion 2443 may include a top surface 2443B and a top surface 2443A on both sides of the top surface 2443B.

<Example 2D-1>

Example 2D-1 relates to the 5A structure of the first electrode. Fig. 62 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, and Fig. 63A shows a pattern of the first electrode or the like along the arrow AA of Fig. 62. Partial sectional view; Fig. 63B is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing a portion of Fig. 63A enlarged. The schematic partial end view of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2D-1 is substantially the same as that of Figs. 16 to 18.

The liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-1 or the following embodiment 2D-2 to the embodiment 2D-12 is the same as the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-1 to the embodiment 2A-3, and is a plurality of pixels 10 (10A, 10B, 10C), the pixel 10 (10A, 10B, 10C) includes: a first substrate 20 and a second substrate 50; The first electrodes (pixel electrodes) 3140, 3240, 3340, and 3440 are formed on the opposing surface of the first substrate 20 facing the second substrate 50, and the second electrode (opposing electrode) 160 is formed in and The opposite surface of the second substrate 50 facing the first substrate 20; and the liquid crystal layer 70 is provided between the first electrodes 3140, 3240, 3340, and 3440 and the second electrode 160, and contains liquid crystal molecules 71A and 71B. 71C; and the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted, and a plurality of concave and convex portions 3141, 3241, 3341, and 3441 are formed on the first electrodes 3140, 3240, 3340, and 3440. Specifically, at least the liquid crystal molecules on the first electrode side are given a pretilt. Furthermore, the liquid crystal molecules have a negative dielectric anisotropy.

Further, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-1, when the X-axis and the Y-axis passing through the center of the pixel 10 are assumed, specifically, a line passing through the center of the pixel 10 and parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel is assumed as the X-axis. In the (X, Y) coordinate system of the Y-axis, the plurality of convex portions 3144A ₁ occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, occupying a plurality of convex portions in the second quadrant. The portion 3144A ₂ extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the plurality of convex portions 3144A ₃ occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases. The plurality of convex portions 3144A ₄ occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases. Further, the plurality of convex portions 3144A ₁ occupying the first quadrant extend at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to the X-axis, and the plurality of convex portions 3144A ₂ occupying the second quadrant extend at an angle of 135 degrees with respect to the X-axis, occupying The plurality of convex portions 3144A _{3 of} the third quadrant extend at an angle of 225 degrees with respect to the X-axis, and the plurality of convex portions 3144A ₄ occupying the fourth quadrant extend at an angle of 315 degrees with respect to the X-axis. Further, the convex portion 3144A is line symmetrical with respect to the X axis, and is also line symmetrical with respect to the Y axis, and is 180 degrees rotationally symmetric (point symmetrical) with respect to the pixel center.

Unlike the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2A-1, the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-1 is not provided with the dry convex portion, and the convex portion 3144A of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-1 corresponds to the embodiment 2A-1. a branching protrusion in the liquid crystal display device. Further, each convex portion 3144A ₁₁ extending from the X-axis and occupying the first quadrant is joined to each convex portion 3144A ₄₁ extending from the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant, and each convex portion 3144A ₁₂ extending from the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant Engaging each of the convex portions 3144A ₂₂ extending from the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant, and each convex portion 3144A ₂₁ extending from the X-axis and occupying the second quadrant is joined to each convex portion 3144A ₃₁ extending from the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant The convex portions 3144A ₃₂ extending from the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant are joined to the respective convex portions 3144A ₄₂ extending from the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant. That is, the planar shape of the convex portion 3144A is a "V" shape. In addition, the subscript characters "11" and "12" in the reference numerals of the convex portions are the same as the subscript characters in the reference numerals indicating the convex portions in the following various embodiments.

The specifications of the convex portion 3144A and the concave portion 3145 are as shown in Table 9 below.

In the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-1, the plurality of convex portions 3144A ₁ occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, and the plurality of convex portions 3144A occupying the second quadrant. ₂ extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the plurality of convex portions 3144A ₃ occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases, occupying The plurality of convex portions 3144A _{4 in} the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases. That is, in addition to the distal end portion of the convex portion 3144A, there is no convex portion extending in parallel with the X-axis or a convex portion extending in parallel with the Y-axis. Further, the distal end portion of the convex portion 3144A may be formed by a line segment orthogonal to the axis of the convex portion 3144A, or the distal end portion of the convex portion 3144A may be formed of a curved line so as not to extend in parallel with the X-axis. The convex portion or the convex portion extending in parallel with the Y-axis. Here, the absorption axis of the first polarizing plate is parallel to the X axis or the Y axis, and the absorption axis of the second polarizing plate is parallel to the Y axis or the X axis. Therefore, the generation of dark lines can be further reduced. That is, a more uniform high light transmittance can be achieved, and a better voltage response characteristic can also be obtained. In addition, since the initial alignment is improved, uniform ultraviolet rays are irradiated in a state where an alternating electric field of a rectangular wave is applied to the liquid crystal cell, and pretilt is applied to the liquid crystal molecules to impart pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules. The time is shortened. Further, since it is expected that the alignment defect is reduced, the yield can be improved, and the production cost of the liquid crystal display device can be lowered. Further, since the light transmittance can be improved, it is possible to reduce the power consumption of the backlight and improve the reliability of the TFT.

<Example 2D-2>

Example 2D-2 is a variation of Example 2D-1. A schematic plan view showing a part of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-2 is enlarged in FIGS. 64A, 64B, 65A, and 65B. FIGS. 64A, 64B, 65A, and 65B are schematic plan views showing an enlarged first electrode portion surrounded by a circular region in a schematic plan view of the first electrode of FIG. 62. In the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, the protruding portion 3151 extending toward the peripheral portion of the pixel 10 is provided in the joint portion 3144B' of the two convex portions 3144B. As shown in FIGS. 64A and 64B, the protruding portion 3151 may be formed by a plurality of line segments (two line segments in the illustrated example), or may be formed as one curve as shown in FIG. 65A. The configuration of the surrounding may be formed by a plurality of curves (two curves in the illustrated example) as shown in FIG. 65B, or may be formed by a combination of a line segment and a curved line. Furthermore, in the example shown in FIG. 64A, the top end of the protruding portion 3151, The joint portion of the two convex portions adjacent to the peripheral portion of the pixel does not contact. On the other hand, in the example shown in FIG. 64B, the tip end of the protruding portion 3151 is in contact with the joint portion of the two convex portions adjacent in the direction of the peripheral portion of the pixel.

By forming such a configuration, it is also possible to prevent the convex portion extending in parallel with the X-axis or the convex portion extending in parallel with the Y-axis, or even if present, the length is extremely small. Further, since the protruding portion 3151 is provided in the inner portion of the bottom portion of the "V" shape of the convex portion, the protruding portion 3151 is not provided in the bottom portion of the "V" shape of the convex portion. The alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the inner side of the bottom of the "V" shape of the convex portion is a desired state.

<Example 2D-3>

Example 2D-3 is also a variation of Example 2D-1. In the embodiment 2D-1, the convex portion 3144A is joined on the X-axis or the Y-axis, and the planar shape of the convex portion 3144A is a "V" shape. On the other hand, in Embodiment 2D-3, the convex portion 3144C is not joined on the X-axis or the Y-axis. Specifically, as shown in the schematic plan view of the first electrode of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-3 of FIG. 66, each convex portion 3144C extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the first quadrant is shown. _{11 is} not joined to each convex portion 3144C ₄₁ extending from the X-axis or its vicinity and occupying the fourth quadrant, and each convex portion 3144C ₁₂ extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity and occupying the first quadrant extends from the Y-axis or its vicinity Each of the convex portions 3144C ₂₂ occupying the second quadrant is not joined, and each convex portion 3144C ₂₁ extending from the X-axis or its vicinity and occupying the second quadrant and each convex portion 3144C ₃₁ extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the third quadrant not engaged, extending from or near the Y-axis occupied by the respective protrusions and the third quadrant of 3144C ₃₂ extending from or near the Y-axis and occupies the fourth quadrant of each of the convex portions 3144C ₄₂ is not engaged.

Further, each of the convex portions 3144C may be in a state of not being joined but in contact. Here, "joining" means a state in which each convex portion intersects with a certain length, and "contact" means a state in which each convex portion intersects in a very short length (in a small step or a dot shape).

By forming such a configuration, there is no possibility that a convex portion extending in parallel with the X-axis or a convex portion extending in parallel with the Y-axis exists. Or even if it exists, the length is shorter. Therefore, the same effects as those described in the embodiment 2D-1 can be obtained.

<Example 2D-4>

Example 2D-4 is a variation of Example 2D-1 to Example 2D-3. As shown in the schematic plan view of the first electrode of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-4 of FIG. 67, the width of the convex portion 3144D is narrowed toward the peripheral portion of the pixel 10. Specifically, among the widths of the convex portions 3144D, the X-axis, the Y-axis, or a portion in the vicinity thereof is the widest, and is gradually narrowed toward the peripheral portion of the pixel 10 (more specifically, linearly narrowed).

<Example 2D-5>

The embodiment 2D-5 is a change of the example 2D-1 to the example 2D-4, and relates to the fifth electrode AA structure of the first electrode, and further relates to the fifth electrode structure of the first electrode.

One of the liquid crystal display devices of the embodiment 2D-5 of FIGS. 68A, 68B, 68C, 69A, 69B, 69C, 70A, 70B, 70C, 71A, 71B, and 71C In the schematic plan view of the first electrode or the like of the pixel, the slit portion 3152 is formed in the first electrode 3140 in addition to the uneven portion 3141. In the slit portion 3152, the transparent conductive material layer constituting the first electrode 3140 is not formed. 72A is a schematic end view along arrow AA of FIG. 68C; FIG. 72B is a schematic end view along arrow BB of FIG. 69C; and FIG. 72C is a schematic end view along arrow CC of FIG. 70C. Figure 72D is a schematic end view taken along arrow DD of Figure 71C.

In the embodiment 2D-5, the slit portion 3152 is formed in the convex portion region 3144E'. Here, as shown in FIGS. 68A, 68B, and 68C, the slit portion 3152 is provided in a region including the central region (central portion) 3152A of the pixel 10. Further, the arrangement state of the convex portion 3144E, the convex portion region 3144E', the concave portion 3145, and the central portion 3152A is schematically shown in FIG. 68A, and the arrangement state of the slit portion 3152 provided in the first electrode 3140 is schematically shown in FIG. 68B, a diagram in which the uneven portion 3141 and the slit portion 3152 are overlapped is shown in FIG. 68C. or, As shown in FIGS. 69A, 69B, and 69C, the slit portion 3152 is formed in one convex portion region 3144E' extending toward the central region (central portion) of the pixel 10 in each quadrant (specifically, one convex portion) On section 3144). In addition, the arrangement state of the convex portion 3144E, the convex portion region 3144E', and the concave portion 3145 is schematically shown in FIG. 69A, and the arrangement state of the slit portion 3152 provided in the first electrode 3140 is schematically shown in FIG. 69B. The figure in which the uneven portion 3141 overlaps the slit portion 3152 is shown in Fig. 69C. Alternatively, as shown in FIGS. 70A, 70B, and 70C, the slit portion 3152 is formed in each of the quadrants in the convex portion region 3144E' extending toward the central region (central portion) 3152A of the pixel 10. Further, the arrangement state of the convex portion 3144E, the convex portion region 3144E', the concave portion 3145, and the central portion 3152A is schematically shown in FIG. 70A, and the arrangement state of the slit portion 3152 provided in the first electrode 3140 is schematically shown in FIG. 70B, a diagram in which the uneven portion 3141 and the slit portion 3152 are overlapped is shown in FIG. 70C. Alternatively, as shown in FIGS. 71A, 71B, and 71C, the slit portion 3152 is formed in a convex portion region 3144E provided in a region where the convex portion extending toward the central region (central portion) 3152A of the pixel 10 and the Y-axis are sandwiched. 'in. Further, the arrangement state of the convex portion 3144E, the convex portion region 3144E', the concave portion 3145, and the central portion 3152A is schematically shown in FIG. 71A, and the arrangement state of the slit portion 3152 provided in the first electrode 3140 is schematically shown in FIG. Fig. 71B is a view in which the uneven portion 3141 and the slit portion 3152 are overlapped with each other in Fig. 71C. Here, in FIGS. 68A, 68B, 68C, 69A, 69B, 69C, 70A, 70B, 70C, 71A, 71B, and 71C, the concave portion 3145 is attached with a longitudinal direction. Extended shadow. In addition, in FIGS. 68B, 68C, 69B, 69C, 70B, 70C, 71B, 71C, 83, 84, and 85, the slit portions 3152 and 3252 are attached with extensions in the lateral direction. Shadow line. In the region indicated by reference numeral 3152', the slit portion is not provided, and the transparent conductive material layer constituting the first electrode 3140 is formed. The smoothing film 22 is exposed in the slit portion 3152.

Alternatively, as shown in the arrangement state of the convex portion, the concave portion, the slit portion, and the like of the pixel constituting the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-5 schematically shown in FIG. 73A, and along the edge of FIG. 73B A schematic cross-sectional view of the first electrode or the like of the arrow BB of Fig. 73A A slit portion 3152 extending in parallel with the convex portion 3144E may be formed on the top of the convex portion 3144E. Alternatively, as shown in the arrangement state of the convex portion, the concave portion, the slit portion, and the like of the pixel constituting the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-5 schematically shown in FIG. 74A, and along the edge of FIG. 74B As shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of the first electrode or the like of the arrow BB of FIG. 74A, a slit portion 3152 extending in parallel with the concave portion 3145 may be formed on the bottom surface of the concave portion 3145. Further, in FIGS. 73A and 74A, or in FIGS. 84 and 85 described below, the slit portions 3152 and 3252 are indicated by thick solid lines. For example, in the example shown in FIGS. 73A and 73B, (the width of the convex portion, the width of the concave portion, and the width of the slit portion) = (7.0 μm, 3.0 μm, 3.0 μm), as shown in FIGS. 74A and 74B. In the example, (the width of the convex portion, the width of the concave portion, and the width of the slit portion) = (3.0 μm, 7.0 μm, 3.0 μm). Here, the convex portion 3144E which is not isolated from the other convex portion 3144E is not formed by the slit portion 3152, or the concave portion 3145 which is isolated from the other concave portion 3145 is not formed by the slit portion 3152, that is, all the concave and convex portions are electrically The slit portion 3152 is formed in a manner of sexual connection. In the example shown in FIGS. 73A and 74A, the convex portion or the concave portion on the X-axis and the Y-axis is not provided with the slit portion 3152. That is, in the convex portion or the concave portion on the X-axis and the Y-axis, the slit portion 3152 is provided with a slit. Further, a configuration may be adopted in which a slit portion is not provided in the convex portion or the concave portion of the peripheral portion of the pixel 10.

In the second embodiment 3D-5, the slit portion 3152 is formed in the first electrode 3140 in addition to the uneven portion 3141. Therefore, the electric field generated by the first electrode 3140 is strained in the vicinity of the slit portion 3152, and liquid crystal molecules are generated. The direction of lodging is strongly regulated. In other words, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the slit portion 3152 can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the slit portion 3152 can be surely defined. Therefore, when manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, it is necessary to expose the liquid crystal layer to a desired electric field for a predetermined period of time to impart pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules, but it is possible to make the alignment of liquid crystal molecules exposed to a desired electric field become The time required for stabilization is shortened. In other words, the liquid crystal molecules can be pretilted in a short period of time, and the manufacturing time of the liquid crystal display device can be shortened.

The width of the convex portion 3144E and the width of the concave portion 3145 are respectively 2.5 μm, and the slit portion 3152 The liquid crystal display device having a width of 2.5 μm and having the slit portion 3152 shown in FIGS. 70A, 70B, 70C, and 71C or a liquid crystal having the slit portion 3152 shown in FIGS. 73A and 74A In the display device, a voltage is applied from the pretilt processing until the liquid crystal molecules are aligned, and the time is within 10 seconds.

<Example 2D-6>

Example 2D-6 is a change of Example 2D-1 to Example 2D-5, and relates to a 5D structure of the first electrode, a 5A-2 structure of the first electrode, and a 5C-2 structure of the first electrode. A schematic plan view of a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-6 is shown in FIG. 75, and constitutes a first electrode portion of a central region of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-6. The schematic plan view is shown in FIG. 76A, FIG. 77A, and FIG. 77B. As shown in the schematic partial cross-sectional view of FIG. 76B, the first electrode 3140 in the central region of the pixel 10 is provided with a recess 3153.

Here, as shown in FIG. 76B, the recess 3153 is gradually narrowed toward the first substrate. That is, the recess 3153 has a so-called forward tapered slope. The inclination angle of the recess 3153 is preferably 5 to 60 degrees, preferably 20 to 30 degrees. Such an inclination angle can be obtained by, for example, etching the smoothing film 22 based on the etch back method so that the smoothing film 22 is inclined. Further, the shape of the outer edge 3153A of the recess 3153 may be circular as shown in FIG. 76A (the diameter is, for example, 15 μm or 7 μm), or may be rectangular as shown in FIGS. 77A and 77B (for example, one side) A square of 12 μm in length). The angle formed by the outer edge 3153A of the rectangular recess 3153 and the extending direction of the convex portion 3144F (the outer edge 3153A of the recess 3153 of the rectangular shape, and the extension 3144F of the extended portion of the convex portion 3144F intersecting the outer edge 3153A) The angle formed by the direction may be 90 degrees (refer to FIG. 77A), for example, an acute angle of 60 degrees (refer to FIG. 77B).

As described above, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-6, since the recess 3153 is provided in the first electrode 3140 in the central region of the pixel, the liquid crystal molecules located in the vicinity of the recess 3153 are in a state of falling toward the center of the pixel. Therefore, when manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, it is necessary to expose the liquid crystal layer to a desired electric field for a specific time to impart pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules. However, it is desirable to shorten the time required for the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules exposed to the desired electric field to be stabilized. In other words, the liquid crystal molecules can be pretilted in a short period of time, and the manufacturing time of the liquid crystal display device can be shortened.

The width of the convex portion 3144F and the width of the concave portion 3145 are respectively 2.5 μm, the inclination angle of the recess 3153 is 30 degrees, and the shape of the outer edge 3153A of the recess 3153 is a circular liquid crystal display device as shown in FIG. 76A. The voltage is applied during the treatment until the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is completed within 10 seconds.

Further, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which a central portion of the recess 3153 constitutes a part of a contact hole (connection hole 35) as shown in Fig. 76C.

<Example 2D-7>

Example 2D-7 is a change of Example 2D-1 to Example 2D-6, and relates to a fifth E structure of the first electrode, a fifth A-3 structure of the first electrode, and a fifth C-3 structure of the first electrode. The 5D-3 structure of the first electrode. A schematic plan view of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-7 is shown in FIG.

That is, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-7, the formation pitch of the convex portion 3144G along the X-axis is P _X , and the formation pitch of the convex portion 3144G along the Y-axis is P _Y (=P _X ). In this case, the width of the convex portion 3144G is (P _Y /2 = P _X /2), and the width of the concave portion 3145 is (P _Y /2 = P _X /2).

Further, in Embodiment 2D-7, the convex portion 3144G ₁₁ extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the first quadrant, and the convex portion 3144G ₄₁ extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the fourth quadrant are shifted from each other. State formation (preferably formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2)), a convex portion 3144G ₁₂ extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity and occupying the first quadrant, and extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity and occupying the second The convex portions 3144G _{22 of the} quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (preferably formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2)), and convex portions 3144G ₂₁ extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the second quadrant, and The convex portions 3144G ₃₂ extending in the X-axis or in the vicinity thereof and occupying the third quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (preferably formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2)), extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity and occupying the first The convex portion 3144G _{31 of the} three-quadrant and the convex portion 3144G ₄₁ extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (preferably formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2)). Further, the convex portion 3144G is not line symmetrical with respect to the X axis and the Y axis, and is 180 degrees rotationally symmetric (point symmetrical) with respect to the pixel center.

In this manner, by forming the convex portion 3144G and the convex portion 3144G in a state of being shifted by a half pitch, the electric field generated by the first electrode 3140 at the center of the pixel is strained near the center of the pixel, and the liquid crystal molecules are in the direction of lodging. Subject to regulations. As a result, the alignment restriction force of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the pixel center can be enhanced, and the tilt state of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the pixel center can be surely specified. Therefore, when manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, it is necessary to expose the liquid crystal layer to a desired electric field for a predetermined period of time to impart pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules, but it is possible to make the alignment of liquid crystal molecules exposed to a desired electric field become The time required for stabilization is shortened. In other words, the liquid crystal molecules can be pretilted in a short period of time, and the manufacturing time of the liquid crystal display device can be shortened.

In the liquid crystal display device in which the width of the convex portion 3144G and the width of the concave portion 3145 are each 2.5 μm, and the convex portion 3144G and the convex portion 3144G are shifted by a half pitch, respectively, a voltage is applied from the pretilt treatment to the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules. The time until then is less than 10 seconds.

<Example 2D-8>

Example 2D-8 relates to the 5B structure of the first electrode. Fig. 79 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, and Fig. 80A, Fig. 80B and Fig. 81 showing the mode of the first electrode of Fig. 79. A schematic plan view showing an enlarged first electrode portion surrounded by a circular region in a top view.

In the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2D-8, it is assumed that the X-axis and the Y-axis passing through the center of the pixel 10 are, in particular, assumed to pass through the center of the pixel 10 and be parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel. When the straight lines are respectively the (X, Y) coordinate system of the X-axis and the Y-axis, the plurality of concave and convex portions 3241 include the dry convex portions 3243 extending on the X-axis and the Y-axis, and the side edges of the self-drying convex portions 3243 toward the pixels. The plurality of branch convex portions 3244A extending in the peripheral portion of the 10, and the side portions 3243' of the dry convex portion 3243 not joined to the branch convex portion 3244A are not parallel to the X-axis and are not parallel to the Y-axis. That is, the extending direction of the side portion 3243' of the dry convex portion 3243 which is not joined to the branch convex portion 3244A is different from the X axis and is different from the X axis. Further, the dry convex portion 3243 and the branch convex portion 3244A are line symmetrical with respect to the X axis, and are also line symmetrical with respect to the Y axis, and are 180 degrees rotationally symmetric (point symmetrical) with respect to the pixel center.

Specifically, the side portion 3243' of the dry convex portion 3243 which is not joined to the branch convex portion 3244A is linear as shown in FIGS. 79 and 80A, or has a curved shape as shown in FIGS. 80B and 81. Further, as shown in FIG. 79, FIG. 80A, FIG. 80B, and FIG. 81, the width of the portion 3243A of the dry convex portion 3243 which is not joined to the branch convex portion 3244A is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion of the dry convex portion 3243.

Here, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-8, the plurality of branch convex portions 3244A ₁ occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, occupying the second quadrant. The plurality of branch convex portions 3244A ₂ extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the plurality of branch convex portions 3244A ₃ occupying the third quadrant and the value of the X coordinate decrease when the value of the X coordinate decreases. The directions extend in parallel, and a plurality of branch convex portions 3244A ₄ occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with a direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases.

That is, the dry convex portion 3243 and the branch convex portion 3244A are line symmetrical with respect to the X axis, and are also line symmetrical with respect to the Y axis, and are 180 degrees rotationally symmetric (point symmetrical) with respect to the pixel center.

Other than the above, the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-8 can have the same configuration and configuration as those of the liquid crystal display device described in the embodiment 2D-1, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.

As described above, in the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2D-8, there is no dry convex portion extending in parallel with the X-axis or a dry convex portion extending in parallel with the Y-axis. Therefore, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device which can realize a more uniform high light transmittance, and a liquid crystal display device having a configuration and structure capable of imparting a pretilt to liquid crystal molecules in a short time.

The specifications of the dry convex portion 3243, the branch convex portion 3244A, and the concave portion 3245 are as shown in Table 10 below.

Further, in the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-8, in the same manner as in the embodiment 2D-4, the width of the branch convex portion 3244D is narrowed toward the peripheral portion of the pixel 10 (see FIG. 82). Alternatively, in the same manner as in the embodiment 2D-5, the slit portion 3252 (the fifth B-1 structure of the first electrode or the fifth C structure of the first electrode) may be further formed on the first electrode (see FIG. 83). , Figure 84, Figure 85). In addition, Fig. 83 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of a variation of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-8, and a slit portion 3252 having the same configuration and configuration as that shown in Fig. 69 is provided. In addition, FIG. 84 and FIG. 85 are schematic plan views of the first electrode constituting one pixel of a variation of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-8, and have the same configuration and configuration as those shown in FIGS. 73 and 74. The slit portion 3252. Here, the side of the branch convex portion 3244D which is not isolated from the other branch convex portion 3244D by the slit portion 3252 is formed. The slit portion 3252 is formed in such a manner that the concave portion 3245 which is isolated from the other concave portion 3245 is formed by the slit portion 3252, that is, all the uneven portions are electrically connected. In the example shown in FIG. 84 and FIG. 85, the slit portion 3252 is not provided in the dry convex portion 3243. That is, in the dry convex portion, the slit portion 3252 is provided with a slit. Further, a configuration may be adopted in which a slit portion is not provided in the branch convex portion or the concave portion in the peripheral portion of the pixel 10. Alternatively, in the same manner as in the embodiment 2D-6, the recess 3253 may be provided on the first electrode in the central region of the pixel 10 (the 5th B-2 structure of the first electrode and the 5th C-2 of the first electrode). Structure, 5D structure of the first electrode) (see Fig. 86).

Alternatively, the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-8 may have a configuration in which the pitch of the convex portions along the X-axis is P _X as shown in the schematic plan view of the first electrode of one pixel of FIG. 87. When the formation pitch of the convex portion along the Y-axis is P _Y , the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the first quadrant extends and extends from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupies the first The four-quadrant branch convex portions are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (preferably formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2)), the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and The branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (preferably formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2)), and the dry convex portion on the X-axis The branch convex portion extending and occupying the second quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (preferably shifted from each other (P _X /2) State formed), a branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant, and a branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant to be staggered from each other Into (preferably formed in a staggered (P _Y / 2) of the state) of 5B 3-structure (the first electrode, the first 5C-3 of the first electrode structure, structure of the 5D-3 of the first electrode or the second The 5E structure of the 1 electrode). That is, the dry convex portion and the branch convex portion are not line symmetrical with respect to the X axis and the Y axis, and are 180 degrees rotationally symmetric (point symmetrical) with respect to the pixel center.

<Example 2D-9>

Example 2D-9 is also a variation of Example 2D-8. 88 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-9; and FIGS. 89A, 89B, and 89C showing an arrow AA along the arrow of FIG. A schematic partial cross-sectional view of BB, the first electrode of the arrow CC, and the like; and FIG. 89D is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing a portion of FIG. 89C in an enlarged manner. The schematic partial end view of the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2D-9 is substantially the same as that of Figs. 16 to 18.

In addition, in FIGS. 88, 90, 91, and 93, the width of the branch convex portion is drawn as a fixed width. However, as in the description of the second embodiment, the branch convex portion may be formed into a tapered shape. . In other words, in the width of the branch convex portion, the portion of the branch convex portion joined to the dry convex portion is the widest, and the portion joined to the dry convex portion is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion.

In the liquid crystal display device of the second embodiment, the plurality of uneven portions 3341 (the dry convex portion 3343, the branch convex portion 3344, and the concave portion 3345) are formed on the first electrode 3340, and the dry convex portion 3343 provided on the first electrode 3340 is formed. A plurality of step portions are formed. Further, the uneven portion 3341 includes a dry convex portion (main convex portion) 3343 extending in a cross shape through the center of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions (sub convex portions) 3344 extending from the dry convex portion 3343 toward the peripheral portion of the pixel.

Here, when the dry convex portion 3343 is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion 3343, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 3343 is as follows: the step portion is oriented toward the center of the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 3343 The edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion 3343 is lowered. Specifically, the top surface of the dry convex portion 3343 includes a top surface 3343B of a central portion of the dry convex portion 3343 and a top surface 3343A on both sides of the top surface 3343B. As described above, there are two step portions in the dry convex portion 3343, and when the concave portion 3345 is used as the reference, the top surface 3343A and the top surface 3343B are increased in order. The top surface of the branch convex portion 3344 is denoted by reference numeral 3344A, and the top surface 3343A of the dry convex portion 3343 is at the same level as the top surface 3344A of the branch convex portion 3344. In the drawing, the top surface 3343B of the dry convex portion 3343 is marked with a hatching extending in the lateral direction, and the concave portion 3345 is attached thereto. A shadow extending in the longitudinal direction.

<Example 2D-10>

Example 2D-10 is a variation of Example 2D-9. Fig. 90 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-10; and Figs. 92A and 92B showing an arrow AA and an arrow BB along the line of Fig. 90; A schematic partial cross-sectional view of an electrode or the like.

In the embodiment 2D-10, the top surface of the dry convex portion 3343 includes a top surface 3343C of the central portion of the dry convex portion 3343, a top surface 3343B on both sides of the top surface 3343C, and a top surface on the outer side of the top surface 3343B. 3343A. As described above, there are three step portions in the dry convex portion 3343, and in the order of the concave portion 3345, the top surface 3343A, the top surface 3343B, and the top surface 3343C are increased in order. Further, when the dry convex portion 3343 is cut by an imaginary vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the dry convex portion 3343, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 3343 is as follows: the step portion is the central portion of the sectional shape of the dry convex portion 3343 (top) The face 3343C) is lowered toward the end of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion 3343 (the top surface 3343B and the top surface 3343A). Furthermore, in the drawing, the top surface 3343C is marked with a cross hatching.

Other than the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-10 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-9, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.

<Example 2D-11>

Example 2D-11 is also a variation of Example 2D-9. Fig. 91 is a schematic plan view showing a first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-11, and Fig. 92C shows a pattern of the first electrode or the like along the arrow CC of Fig. 91. A partial end view; a schematic partial end view showing an enlarged portion of Fig. 92C is shown in Fig. 92D.

In the embodiment 2D-11, when the branch convex portion 3344 is cut by a virtual vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion 3344, the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 3344 is as follows: the step of the step portion from the branch convex portion 3344 The center of the shape is lowered toward the edge of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 3344. With The top surface of the branch protrusion 3344 includes a top surface 3344B extending from the dry protrusion 3343 and a top surface 3344A on both sides of the top surface 3344B. As described above, there are two step portions in the branch convex portion 3344, and when the concave portion 3345 is used as the reference, the top surface 3344A and the top surface 3344B are increased in order. Further, in the drawing, the top surface 3344B is marked with a hatching extending in the lateral direction. In addition, in FIGS. 91 and 93, the boundary between the dry convex portion and the branch convex portion is indicated by a solid line. The height difference between the top surface 3343B of the branch convex portion 3344 and the top surface 3343A is an average of 0.20 μm. The top surface 3343B of the dry convex portion 3343 is at the same level as the top surface 3344B of the branch convex portion 3344.

Other than the above, the configuration and structure of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-11 can be the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-9, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.

Further, in a schematic plan view of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device as shown in FIG. 93, the virtual vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the branch convex portion 3344 may be used. When the branch convex portion 3344 is cut, the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 3344 is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 3344 toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion 3344. Alternatively, it may be combined with the dry convex portion 3343 described in Embodiment 2D-10. Further, the configuration and structure of the branch convex portion may be applied to the convex portions in the liquid crystal display device described in the second embodiment to the second embodiment.

<Example 2D-12>

Example 2D-12 relates to the 5E structure of the first electrode. A schematic plan view of the first electrode constituting one pixel of the liquid crystal display device of Example 2D-12 is shown in FIG. In the liquid crystal display device of Embodiment 2D-12, it is assumed that the X-axis and the Y-axis passing through the center of the pixel, specifically, a line passing through the center of the pixel 10 and parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel are respectively taken as the X-axis and the Y-axis. In the (X, Y) coordinate system, the plurality of concave and convex portions include a dry convex portion 3443 extending on the X axis and the Y axis, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the side of the dry convex portion 3443 toward the peripheral portion of the pixel 3444G, and the plurality of branch convex portions 3444G ₁ occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, occupying the value of the plurality of branch convex portions 3444G ₂ and the X coordinate of the second quadrant The direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases increases in parallel, and the plurality of branch convex portions 3444G ₃ occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate decreases, occupying the plural of the fourth quadrant The branch convex portion 3444G ₄ extends in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate increases, and the branch convex portion 3444G ₁₁ that extends from the dry convex portion 3443 on the X axis and occupies the first quadrant, and a branch convex portion 3444G ₄₁ extending from the dry convex portion 3443 on the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant to each other The staggered state is formed (preferably formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2)), the branch convex portion 3444G ₁₂ extending from the dry convex portion 3443 on the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and the self-Y-axis The branch convex portion 3443 extends and the branch convex portion 3444G ₂₂ occupying the second quadrant is formed in a state of being shifted from each other (preferably formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2)), extending from the dry convex portion 3443 on the X-axis. And the branch convex portion 3444G ₂₁ occupying the second quadrant and the branch convex portion 3444G ₃₁ extending from the dry convex portion 3443 on the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (preferably shifted from each other (P _X The state of /2) is formed, the branch convex portion 3444G ₃₂ extending from the dry convex portion 3443 on the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion 3443 on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant The 3444G ₄₂ is formed in a state of being shifted from each other (preferably formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2)). Here, P _X is a formation pitch of the branch convex portions along the X axis, and P _Y is a formation pitch of the branch convex portions along the Y axis. That is, the dry convex portion 3443 and the branch convex portion 3444G are not line symmetrical with respect to the X axis and the Y axis, and are 180 degrees rotationally symmetric (point symmetrical) with respect to the pixel center.

Further, the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-12 is also as follows: the formation pitch of the branch convex portion 3444G along the X axis is P _X , and the formation pitch of the branch convex portion 3444G along the Y axis is P _Y ( When =P _X ), the width of the branch convex portion 3444G is (P _Y /2=P _X /2), and the width of the concave portion 3445 is (P _Y /2=P _X /2).

Other than the above, the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment 2D-12 can have the same configuration and configuration as those of the liquid crystal display device described in the embodiment 2D-1, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.

The present invention has been described above based on preferred embodiments and examples, but the present invention is not limited to the embodiments and the like, and various modifications can be made. For example, in the embodiment and the examples, the VA mode liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display device) will be described. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the present invention is also applicable to the use of negative dielectric anisotropy. Other display modes such as IPS (In Plane Switching) mode or FFS (Fringe Field Switching) mode of liquid crystal. However, the present invention can exert a particularly high effect of improving the response characteristics in the VA mode as compared with the liquid crystal display device in which the pretilt treatment is not performed.

In the embodiment and the examples, a transmissive liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display device) is mainly described. However, the present invention is not limited to the transmissive type, and may be, for example, a reflective type. In the case of a reflective type, the pixel electrode contains an electrode material having light reflectivity such as aluminum. The planar shape of the convex portion or the branch convex portion is not limited to the V shape described in the embodiment, and various patterns such as a stripe shape or a ladder-like convex portion or a branch convex portion extending in a plurality of directions may be employed. When the convex portion or the branch convex portion is viewed as a whole, the planar shape of the end portion of the convex portion or the branch convex portion may be linear or stepped. Further, the planar shape of the end portions of the convex portions or the branch convex portions may be linear, or may include a combination of line segments, and may also depict a curve such as an arc. The black matrix can be formed in such a manner that the projected image from the end portion of the uneven portion to the portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel overlaps with the projected image of the black matrix.

In the liquid crystal display device described above, the alignment restricting portion is provided only on the first substrate side, but the first alignment restricting portion (first slit portion) may be provided on the first substrate, and the second alignment may be provided on the second substrate. Limiting portion (second slit portion). As an example of such a liquid crystal display device, The liquid crystal display device described below is cited. In other words, the liquid crystal display device is configured by arranging a plurality of pixels including a first substrate and a second substrate, and a first electrode formed on the first substrate facing the second substrate. a facing surface of the substrate; a first alignment regulating portion provided on the first electrode; a first alignment film covering the opposing faces of the first electrode, the first alignment regulating portion, and the first substrate; and a second electrode forming the second electrode a second alignment direction of the second substrate facing the first substrate; a second alignment regulating portion provided on the second electrode; and a second alignment film covering the second electrode, the second alignment regulating portion, and the second substrate a facing surface; and a liquid crystal layer provided between the first alignment film and the second alignment film and containing liquid crystal molecules; and each pixel is surrounded by the edge of the first electrode and the first alignment restricting portion In the central region of the overlap region of the projection image of the region and the projection image of the region surrounded by the edge portion of the second electrode and the second alignment restricting portion, the long axis of the liquid crystal molecule group in the liquid crystal layer is substantially in the same imaginary plane. The liquid crystal molecules are pretilted by the first alignment film. Here, when the central region of the repeating region is viewed from the normal direction of the second substrate, the liquid crystal molecule group occupying the central region of the repeating region along the normal direction of the second substrate (more specifically, occupying from the first substrate) The long axis of the liquid crystal molecule group in the minute columnar region up to the second substrate is located substantially in the same imaginary vertical plane.

Furthermore, the present invention can also adopt the configuration shown below.

[A01] "Liquid Crystal Display Device...1st Aspect"

A liquid crystal display device comprising a liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal display element having: The first alignment film and the second alignment film are disposed on the opposite surface side of the pair of substrates; and the liquid crystal layer is disposed between the first alignment film and the second alignment film and has a negative dielectric orientation a liquid crystal molecule having an opposite polarity; and at least the first alignment film includes a compound in which a polymer compound having a first side chain and a second side chain is crosslinked or polymerized or deformed, and the first side chain has a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerization. The functional group or the photosensitive functional group has a structure in which dielectric anisotropy is induced and has a structure for inducing vertical alignment, and the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted by the first alignment film.

[A02] "Liquid Crystal Display Device...Second Aspect"

A liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display element having a first alignment film and a second alignment film disposed on a facing surface side of a pair of substrates, and a liquid crystal layer disposed in the first alignment direction a liquid crystal molecule having a negative dielectric anisotropy between the film and the second alignment film; and at least the first alignment film includes a polymer compound having a first side chain and a second side chain to be crosslinked or polymerized or deformed In the compound, the first side chain has a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group or a photosensitive functional group, and the second side chain has an angle range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees from the long axis direction thereof. The dipole moment has a structure that induces vertical alignment, and the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted by the first alignment film.

[A03] The liquid crystal display device of [A01] or [A02], wherein the second side chain contains a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CN, -OCF ₃ , -OCHF ₂ , -CF ₃ , -CHF ₂ , -CH ₂ Any of F, -OCF ₂ CHF ₂ or -OCF ₂ CHFCF ₃ .

[A04] "Liquid Crystal Display Device... Third Aspect"

A liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display element having a first alignment film and a second alignment film disposed on a facing surface side of a pair of substrates, and a liquid crystal layer disposed in the first alignment direction a liquid crystal molecule having a negative dielectric anisotropy between the film and the second alignment film; and at least the first alignment film includes a polymer compound having a first side chain and a second side chain to be crosslinked or polymerized or deformed In the compound, the first side chain has a crosslinkable functional group, a polymerizable functional group or a photosensitive functional group, and the second side chain has the following structural formula (11), and the liquid crystal molecules are given a first alignment film. tilt,

Here, (a) m and n are each independently 0 or 1, and (b) ring R independently represents a phenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group substituted by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, or a fluorine group. a cycloalkyl group substituted by an atom or a chlorine atom, (c) a ring X represents a phenyl or a cycloalkyl group, and (d) with respect to A ₄ , a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CN, -OCF ₃ , -OCHF ₂ a group consisting of -CF ₃ , -CHF ₂ , -CH ₂ F, -OCF ₂ CHF ₂ , and -OCF ₂ CHFCF ₃ is a first group, and is composed of a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. a group consisting of a fluorine-containing aromatic ring group, a fluorine-containing aliphatic ring group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic group containing the above is a second group, and among the fluorine-containing alkyl groups in the second group, Any -(CH ₂ )- which is not contiguous may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and optionally, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡ C-, a group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and a large cyclic group including the above is a group 3, wherein the alkane in the third group Any of the groups -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -C H=CH- or -C≡C-, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing aromatic ring group, a fluorine-containing aliphatic ring group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic ring containing the same The group consisting of the group is set to the fourth group, and among the fluorine-containing alkyl groups in the fourth group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO Further, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, and will be an alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and the like. The group consisting of the large cyclic groups is set to the fifth group, and among the alkyl groups in the fifth group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S- , -CO-, in addition, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, (d-1) when A ₁ , A ₂ , and A ₃ are all hydrogen atoms, And when m=1, n=0, or m=0, n=1, or m=n=1, A ₄ is one atom or group selected from the first group or the second group, (d- 2) When A ₃ is a hydrogen atom, and m=0, n=0, A ₄ is a group selected from the group 4, and (d-3) is at least one of A ₁ , A ₂ , and A ₃ is a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and m = 1, n = 0, or when m = 0, n = 1, or when m = n = 1, A ₄ is selected from a hydrogen atom, group 1 The second group and third group of one kind of atom or group, (d-4) when A ₃ is a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and m = 0, n = 0 when, A ₄ is selected from a hydrogen atom, group 1 One atom or group of the fourth group and the fifth group.

[A05] The liquid crystal display device of [A04], wherein the second side chain has the following structural formula (12):

Here, (e) A ₀ represents an alkylene group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms. Base-ether group.

[A06] The liquid crystal display device of [A04], wherein the second side chain has the following structural formula (13):

Here, (f-1)A ₀₁ represents a linear or branched divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the organic group has an ether group or an ester group, or is selected from an ether group. At least one of a group consisting of an ester, an ether ester, an acetal, a ketal, a hemiacetal, and a hemi-ketal, and (f-2) A ₀₂ is selected from the group consisting of chalcone, cinnamate, and cinnamon Bismuth, coumarin, maleimide, benzophenone, drop a group of a group consisting of a olefin, a sterol, and a chitosan, or a structure comprising any one of an acryl fluorenyl group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, a vinyl group, an epoxy group, and an oxetane A divalent group or an ethynyl group.

[A07] "Manufacturing Method of Liquid Crystal Display Device... First Aspect"

A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, comprising the steps of: forming a first alignment film on one of a pair of substrates; and forming a second alignment film on the other of the pair of substrates, the first alignment film including a polymer compound containing a first side chain having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group and a second side chain; and then arranging the pair of substrates so that the first alignment film and the second alignment film face each other Sealing a liquid crystal having a negative dielectric anisotropy between the first alignment film and the second alignment film a liquid crystal layer; then, the first side chain of the polymer compound is cross-linked or polymerized to impart pre-tilt to the liquid crystal molecules; and the second side chain has a structure that induces dielectric anisotropy and has induced vertical alignment a structure in which the second side chain has a dipole moment in an angular range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees from the long axis direction thereof, and has a structure for inducing vertical alignment, or the second side chain has The above structural formula (11) or the above structural formula (12) or the above structural formula (13).

[A08] The method for producing a liquid crystal display device according to [A07], wherein the liquid crystal molecules are aligned by applying a specific electric field to the liquid crystal layer, and the first side chain of the polymer compound is crosslinked or polymerized by irradiating the energy ray. .

[A09] "Manufacturing Method of Liquid Crystal Display Device...Second Aspect"

A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, comprising the steps of: forming a first alignment film on one of a pair of substrates; and forming a second alignment film on the other of the pair of substrates, the first alignment film including a polymer compound containing a first side chain having a photosensitive functional group and a second side chain; and then, the pair of substrates are disposed so that the first alignment film and the second alignment film face each other, and the first alignment film is disposed on the first alignment film Sealing a liquid crystal layer containing liquid crystal molecules having negative dielectric anisotropy with the second alignment film; then, deforming the first side chain of the polymer compound to impart pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules; and the second side The chain has a structure that induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure that induces vertical alignment, or the second side chain has a dipole moment in an angular range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees from the long axis direction thereof, and a structure having induced vertical alignment, or The second side chain has the above structural formula (11) or the above structural formula (12) or the above structural formula (13).

[A10] The method for producing a liquid crystal display device according to [A09], wherein the first side chain of the polymer compound is deformed by applying a specific electric field to the liquid crystal layer to align the liquid crystal molecules and irradiating the energy ray.

[A11] "Method of Manufacturing Liquid Crystal Display Device... Third Aspect"

A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, comprising the steps of: forming a first alignment film on one of a pair of substrates; and forming a second alignment film on the other of the pair of substrates, the first alignment film including a polymer compound containing a first side chain having a crosslinkable functional group or a photosensitive functional group and a second side chain; and then arranging the pair of substrates so that the first alignment film and the second alignment film face each other Sealing a liquid crystal layer containing liquid crystal molecules having negative dielectric anisotropy between the first alignment film and the second alignment film; and then irradiating the polymer compound with an energy ray to impart pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules; and The side chain has a structure that induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure that induces vertical alignment, or the second side chain has a dipole moment in an angular range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees from the long axis direction thereof. Further, the structure has a structure for inducing vertical alignment, or the second side chain has the above structural formula (11) or the above structural formula (12) or the above structural formula (13).

[B01] "First Structure of the First Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device according to any one of [A1] to [A06] wherein a plurality of uneven portions are formed on the first electrode.

[C01] "The second structure of the first electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [A01] to [A06], wherein a plurality of concave and convex portions are formed on the first electrode, and At least the recessed portion and the recessed portion of the first electrode are filled with a planarization layer. Liquid crystal display device.

[C02] The liquid crystal display device according to [C01], wherein the highest height of the top surface of the planarization layer is H _H based on the bottom surface of the concave portion, and the lowest height of the top surface of the planarization layer is H _L 0.5 ≦H _L /H _H ≦1.

[C03] The liquid crystal display device of [C02], wherein the height of the convex portion based on the bottom surface of the concave portion is H _C , and 0.5 ≦ H _H /H _C ≦ 5 is satisfied.

[C04] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [C01] to [C03], wherein the planarization layer covers the first electrode, and the liquid crystal display device further includes a first alignment film covering the first electrode and covering the second electrode In the second alignment film, the liquid crystal molecules are provided with at least a pretilt by the first alignment film, and the first alignment film corresponds to a planarization layer.

[C05] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [C01] to [C03], wherein the planarization layer covers the first electrode, and the liquid crystal display device further includes a first alignment film covering the planarization layer and covering the second electrode In the second alignment film, the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted at least by the first alignment film.

[C06] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [C01] to [C03], wherein the planarization layer fills between the concave portion and the concave portion of the first electrode, and the liquid crystal display device further includes a first electrode and a flat surface The first alignment film of the layer and the second alignment film covering the second electrode, the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted at least by the first alignment film.

[C07] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [C04] to [C06], wherein The liquid crystal molecules are pretilted by applying a specific electric field to the liquid crystal layer and reacting at least the polymer compound constituting the first alignment film.

[C08] The liquid crystal display device according to any one of [C03], wherein the average film thickness of the first alignment film is T ₁ and the average film thickness of the second alignment film is T ₂ 0.5 ≦ T ₂ / T ₁ ≦ 1.5.

[D01] "The 3A Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [C01] to [C08], wherein a plurality of step portions are formed in the convex portion provided on the first electrode.

[D02] "The 3A-1 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of [D01], wherein the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion extending through a central portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel.

[D03] The liquid crystal display device of [D02], wherein when the dry convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion is as follows: the step portion is a self-drying convex portion The center of the cross-sectional shape is lowered toward the edge of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion.

[D04] The liquid crystal display device of [D02] or [D03], wherein the dry convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the dry convex portion, and the sectional shape of the dry convex portion is as follows: The central portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion descends toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion.

[D05] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [D02] to [D04], wherein when the branch convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion, the sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows The step portion is lowered from the center of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

[D06] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [D02] to [D05], wherein the branch convex portion is cut when the branch convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the branch convex portion The shape is as follows: the step portion is lowered from the dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

[D07] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [D02] to [D06], wherein the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion is formed with an alignment restricting portion.

[D08] "The 3A-2 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

In the liquid crystal display device of [D01], the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the inside of the pixel.

[D09] The liquid crystal display device of [D08], wherein the dry convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion is as follows: the step portion is a self-drying convex portion The side edge portion of the cross-sectional shape is lowered toward the inner edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion.

[D10] The liquid crystal display device of [D08] or [D09], wherein when the branch convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion, the sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: step portion The center of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion descends toward the edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

[D11] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [D08] to [D10], wherein, when the branch convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the branch convex portion, the sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: The step portion is lowered from the dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

[D12] The liquid crystal display device according to any one of [D08], wherein a slit portion or a protrusion portion that passes through a center portion of the pixel and is parallel to a peripheral portion of the pixel is formed on the first electrode.

[D1] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [D02] to [D12], wherein a convex portion is formed from a portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel to a first substrate portion corresponding to the peripheral portion of the pixel The structure has a peripheral portion of the uneven portion formed on the convex structure.

[E01] "The 3B Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [C01] to [C08], wherein a convex structure is formed from a portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel to a first substrate portion corresponding to the peripheral portion of the pixel, and The peripheral portion of the uneven portion is formed on the convex structure.

[E02] "The 3B-1 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of [E01], wherein the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion extending through a central portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel.

[E03] The liquid crystal display device of [E02], wherein the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion is formed with an alignment restricting portion.

[E04] "The 3B-2 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

In the liquid crystal display device of [E01], the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the inside of the pixel.

[E05] The liquid crystal display device according to [E04], wherein a slit portion or a protrusion portion that passes through the pixel center portion and is parallel to the pixel peripheral portion is formed on the first electrode.

[F01] "3C Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [C01] to [C08], wherein the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion extending through a central portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel The portion of the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion is formed with an alignment restricting portion.

[G01] "The 3D Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device according to any one of [C01], wherein the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the inside of the pixel. A slit portion or a protrusion portion that passes through the center portion of the pixel and is parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel is formed on the first electrode.

[H01] "The 4th Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device according to any one of [C01], wherein the width of the convex portion provided in one of the first electrodes is gradually narrowed toward the distal end portion.

[H02] "The 4A Structure of the 1st Electrode"

[C01] The liquid crystal display device of [H01], wherein the concave-convex portion includes a dry convex portion extending through a central portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel, and the plurality of branch convex portions are equivalent In the convex portion provided in one of the first electrodes, the width of the branch convex portion is the widest portion of the branch convex portion joined to the dry convex portion, and is gradually narrowed from the portion joined to the dry convex portion toward the distal end portion.

[H03] The liquid crystal display device of [H02], wherein the width of the branch convex portion is linearly narrowed from a portion joined to the dry convex portion toward the distal end portion.

[H04] The liquid crystal display device of [H02] or [H03], wherein an alignment restricting portion is formed in the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion.

[H05] "The 4th Structure of the 1st Electrode"

In the liquid crystal display device of [H01], the concave-convex portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the inside of the pixel, and the plurality of branch convex portions are equivalent to the setting Among the convex portions of the first electrode, the portion of the branch convex portion that is joined to the dry convex portion has the widest width and the portion joined from the dry convex portion gradually narrows toward the distal end portion.

[H06] The liquid crystal display device of [H05], wherein the width of the branch convex portion is linearly narrowed from a portion joined to the dry convex portion toward the distal end portion.

[H07] The liquid crystal display device of [H05] or [H06], wherein a slit portion or a protrusion portion that passes through the pixel center portion and is parallel to the pixel peripheral portion is formed on the first electrode.

[H08] "The 4C Structure of the 1st Electrode"

In the liquid crystal display device of [H01], a plurality of step portions are formed in the convex portion provided on the first electrode.

[H09] "The 4C-1 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

A liquid crystal display device according to [H08], wherein the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion extending through a central portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel.

[H10] The liquid crystal display device of [H09], wherein the dry convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion is as follows: the step portion is a self-drying convex portion The center of the cross-sectional shape is lowered toward the edge of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion.

[H11] The liquid crystal display device of [H09] or [H10], wherein the dry convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the dry convex portion, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion is as follows: The central portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion descends toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion.

[H12] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [H09] to [H11], wherein when the branch convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion, the sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows The step portion is lowered from the center of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

[H13] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [H09] to [H12], wherein, when the branch convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the branch convex portion, the sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: The step portion is lowered from the dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

[H14] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [H09] to [H13], wherein the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion is formed with an alignment restricting portion.

[H15] "The 4C-2 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

In the liquid crystal display device of [H08], the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the inside of the pixel.

[H16] The liquid crystal display device of [H15], wherein, when the dry convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the dry convex portion, the sectional shape of the dry convex portion is as follows: the step portion is a self-drying convex portion The side edge portion of the cross-sectional shape is lowered toward the inner edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the dry convex portion.

[H17] The liquid crystal display device of [H15] or [H16], wherein when the branch convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane orthogonal to the extending direction of the branch convex portion, the sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: step portion The center of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion descends toward the edge portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

[H18] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [H15] to [H17], wherein when the branch convex portion is cut by an imaginary vertical plane parallel to the extending direction of the branch convex portion, the sectional shape of the branch convex portion is as follows: The step portion is lowered from the dry convex portion side of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion toward the end portion of the cross-sectional shape of the branch convex portion.

[H19] The liquid crystal display device according to any one of [H15], wherein the first electrode is formed with a slit portion or a protrusion portion that passes through the center portion of the pixel and is parallel to the peripheral portion of the pixel.

[H20] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [H09] to [H19], wherein a convex portion is formed from a portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel to a first substrate portion corresponding to the peripheral portion of the pixel The structure has a peripheral portion of the uneven portion formed on the convex structure.

[H21] "The 4th Structure of the 1st Electrode"

[C01] The liquid crystal display device of [H01], wherein a convex structure is formed from a portion of the first substrate between the pixel and the pixel to a first substrate portion corresponding to the peripheral portion of the pixel, and a peripheral portion of the uneven portion is formed in the convex portion Structurally.

[H22] "The 4th-1st structure of the 1st electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of [H21], wherein the concave-convex portion includes a dry convex portion extending through a central portion of the pixel and extending in a cross shape, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel unit.

[H23] The liquid crystal display device of [H22], wherein the second electrode portion corresponding to the dry convex portion is formed with an alignment restricting portion.

[H24] "The 4th-2nd structure of the 1st electrode"

In the liquid crystal display device of [H21], the uneven portion includes a dry convex portion formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from the dry convex portion toward the inside of the pixel.

[H25] The liquid crystal display device of [H24], wherein a slit portion or a protrusion portion that passes through the pixel center portion and is parallel to the pixel peripheral portion is formed on the first electrode.

[J01] "The 5A Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device according to any one of [C01] to [C08], wherein the value of the Y coordinate when the value of the plurality of convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the first quadrant increases when the X-axis and the Y-axis passing through the center of the pixel are assumed The direction of the increase extends in parallel, and the plurality of convex portions occupying the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate decreases, and when the value of the plurality of convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the third quadrant decreases The direction in which the value of the Y coordinate decreases is parallel to extend, and the plurality of convex portions occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases.

[J02] The liquid crystal display device of [J01], wherein each of the convex portions extending from the X-axis and occupying the first quadrant is joined to each convex portion extending from the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant, extending from the Y-axis and occupying the first Each of the convex portions of the first quadrant is joined to each convex portion extending from the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant, and each convex portion extending from the X-axis and occupying the second quadrant, and each convex portion extending from the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant Joint, Each of the convex portions extending from the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant is joined to each convex portion extending from the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant.

[J03] The liquid crystal display device according to [J02], wherein the joint portion of the two convex portions is provided with a protruding portion that extends toward the peripheral portion of the pixel.

[J04] The liquid crystal display device of [J03], wherein the protruding portion is surrounded by a plurality of line segments.

[J05] The liquid crystal display device of [J03], wherein the protrusion is surrounded by one curve.

[J06] The liquid crystal display device of [J03], wherein the protrusion is surrounded by a plurality of curves.

[J07] The liquid crystal display device of [J01], wherein each of the convex portions extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the first quadrant does not engage with the convex portions extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the fourth quadrant Each convex portion extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity and occupying the first quadrant does not engage with each convex portion extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity and occupying the second quadrant, and extends from the X-axis or its vicinity and occupies the second Each convex portion of the quadrant does not engage with each convex portion extending from the X-axis or its vicinity and occupying the third quadrant, and each convex portion extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity and occupying the third quadrant, and the self-Y-axis or The convex portions extending in the vicinity and occupying the fourth quadrant are not joined.

[J08] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [J01], wherein the width of the convex portion is gradually narrowed toward the peripheral portion of the pixel.

[J09] "The 5A-1 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device according to any one of [J1] to [J08], wherein a slit portion is further formed on the first electrode.

[J10] The liquid crystal display device of [J09], wherein the slit portion is formed in the convex portion region.

[J11] The liquid crystal display device of [J10], wherein the slit portion is provided in a convex portion region including a central portion of the pixel.

[J12] The liquid crystal display device of [J10], wherein a slit portion is formed in a convex portion region extending toward a central region of the pixel.

[J13] The liquid crystal display device according to [J10], wherein the slit portion is formed in a convex portion region provided in a region sandwiched by the convex portion extending toward the central region of the pixel and the Y-axis.

[J] The liquid crystal display device of [J09], wherein a slit portion extending in parallel with the convex portion is formed at a top portion of the convex portion.

[J15] The liquid crystal display device of [J09], wherein a slit portion extending in parallel with the concave portion is formed at a bottom portion of the concave portion.

[J16] "The 5A-2 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [J1] to [J13], wherein a recess is provided in the first electrode of the central region of the pixel.

[J17] The liquid crystal display device of [J16], wherein the recess is gradually narrowed toward the first substrate.

[J18] The liquid crystal display device of [J17], wherein the inclination angle of the depression is 5 to 60 degrees.

[J] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [J16], wherein the outer edge of the recess has a circular shape.

[J] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [J16] to [J18], wherein the outer edge of the recess has a rectangular shape.

[J21] The liquid crystal display device of [J20], wherein an angle formed by the outer edge of the concave portion of the rectangular shape and the extending direction of the convex portion is 90 degrees.

[J22] The liquid crystal display device of [J20], wherein an angle formed by the outer edge of the concave shape of the rectangular shape and the extending direction of the convex portion is an acute angle.

[J] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [J16], wherein the central portion of the recess constitutes a part of the contact hole.

[J24] "The 5A-3 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [J1] to [J23], wherein the convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the first quadrant, and the convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the fourth quadrant Formed in a state of being staggered from each other, extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity and occupying the convex portion of the first quadrant, and extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity The convex portions which extend and occupy the second quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, and a convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the second quadrant, and a convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the third quadrant are mutually The staggered state is formed, and a convex portion extending from the Y-axis or its vicinity and occupying the third quadrant, and a convex portion extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other.

[J24] The liquid crystal display device of [J24], wherein the formation pitch of the convex portion along the X-axis is P _X , and the formation pitch of the convex portion along the Y-axis is P _Y , from the X-axis or a convex portion extending in the vicinity and occupying the first quadrant, and a convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2), extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying The convex portion of the first quadrant, and the convex portion extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the second quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2), extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the second quadrant The convex portion and the convex portion extending from the X-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the third quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2), and the convex portion extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the third quadrant is The convex portions extending from the Y-axis or the vicinity thereof and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2).

[K01] "The 5th Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [C01] to [C08], wherein, when passing through the X-axis and the Y-axis of the center of the pixel, the plurality of concave and convex portions include dry convex portions extending on the X-axis and the Y-axis, and a plurality of branch protrusions extending from a side of the dry convex portion toward the peripheral portion of the pixel, and a side portion of the dry convex portion not joined to the branch convex portion is not parallel to the X axis and is not parallel to the Y axis .

[K02] The liquid crystal display device of [K01], wherein the dry convex portion constituting the plurality of concave and convex portions is formed in a frame shape at a peripheral portion of the pixel, and is not formed on the X-axis and the Y-axis.

[K03] A liquid crystal display device such as [K01] or [K02], which is not bonded to the branch convex portion The side portions of the dry convex portion are linear.

[K04] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [K01] to [K03], wherein a side portion of the dry convex portion that is not joined to the branch convex portion is curved.

[K05] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [K01] to [K04], wherein a width of the dry convex portion which is not joined to the branch convex portion is gradually narrowed toward a tip end portion of the dry convex portion.

[K06] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [K01] to [K05], wherein the width of the branch convex portion is gradually narrowed toward the peripheral portion of the pixel.

[K07] "The 5th-1st Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [K01] to [K06], wherein a slit portion is further formed on the first electrode.

[K08] The liquid crystal display device of [K07], wherein the slit portion is formed in the convex portion region.

[K09] The liquid crystal display device of [K08], wherein the slit portion is provided in a convex portion region including a central portion of the pixel.

[K10] The liquid crystal display device of [K08], wherein a slit portion is formed in a convex portion region extending toward a central region of the pixel.

[K11] The liquid crystal display device of [K08], wherein the slit portion is formed in a convex portion region provided in a region sandwiched by the convex portion extending toward the central portion of the pixel and the Y-axis.

[K12] The liquid crystal display device of [K07], wherein a slit portion extending in parallel with the convex portion is formed at the top of the convex portion.

[K13] The liquid crystal display device of [K07], wherein a slit portion extending in parallel with the concave portion is formed at a bottom portion of the concave portion.

[K14] "The 5th-2nd structure of the 1st electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [K01] to [K11], wherein a recess is provided in the first electrode of the central region of the pixel.

[K15] The liquid crystal display device of [K14], wherein the recess is gradually narrowed toward the first substrate.

[K16] The liquid crystal display device of [K15], wherein the inclination angle of the depression is 5 to 60 degrees.

[K17] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [K14] to [K16], wherein the outer edge of the recess has a circular shape.

[K18] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [K14] to [K16], wherein the outer edge of the recess has a rectangular shape.

[K19] The liquid crystal display device of [K18], wherein an angle formed by the outer edge of the concave portion of the rectangular shape and the extending direction of the convex portion is 90 degrees.

[K20] The liquid crystal display device of [K18], wherein an angle formed by the outer edge of the concave shape of the rectangular shape and the extending direction of the convex portion is an acute angle.

[K21] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [K14] to [K20], wherein a central portion of the recess constitutes a part of the contact hole.

[K22] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [K01] to [K21], wherein the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, occupying The plurality of branch convex portions in the second quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the value of the Y coordinate decreases when the value of the plurality of branch convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the third quadrant decreases. The direction extends in parallel, and a plurality of branch convex portions occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with a direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases.

[K23] "The 5B-3 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [K01] to [K22], wherein the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the first quadrant extends from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupies the first The four-quadrant branch convex portion is formed in a state of being staggered from each other, extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant of the branch convex portion and the stem from the Y-axis The convex portions extending and occupying the second quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the second quadrant extends and occupies with the dry convex portion on the X-axis. The branch convex portions of the third quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant, and the branch extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant The convex portions are formed in a state of being shifted from each other.

[K24] The liquid crystal display device of [K23], wherein the formation pitch of the branch convex portion along the X axis is P _X , and the formation pitch of the branch convex portion along the Y axis is P _Y , from the X axis The upper convex portion extending and occupying the first quadrant and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2). The dry convex portion on the Y-axis extends and occupies the first quadrant of the branch convex portion, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant is formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2) a state in which the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the second quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant are shifted from each other (P _X /2) And forming, the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are shifted from each other (P _Y /2) Formed by the state.

[L01] "The 5C Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [C01] to [C08], wherein a slit portion is further formed on the first electrode.

[L02] The liquid crystal display device of [L01], wherein the slit portion is formed in the convex portion region.

[L03] The liquid crystal display device of [L02], wherein the slit portion is provided in a convex portion region including a central portion of the pixel.

[L04] The liquid crystal display device of [L02], wherein a slit portion is formed in a convex portion region extending toward a central region of the pixel.

[L05] The liquid crystal display device of [L02], wherein the slit portion is formed in a convex portion region provided in a region sandwiched by the convex portion extending toward the central region of the pixel and the Y-axis.

[L06] The liquid crystal display device of [L01], wherein a slit portion extending in parallel with the convex portion is formed at a top portion of the convex portion.

[L07] The liquid crystal display device of [L01], wherein a slit portion extending in parallel with the concave portion is formed at a bottom portion of the concave portion.

[L08] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [L01] to [L05], wherein the width of the convex portion is gradually narrowed toward the peripheral portion of the pixel.

[L09] "The 5C-2 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [L01] to [L08], wherein a recess is provided in the first electrode of the central region of the pixel.

[L10] The liquid crystal display device of [L09], wherein the recess is gradually narrowed toward the first substrate.

[L11] The liquid crystal display device of [L10], wherein the inclination angle of the depression is 5 to 60 degrees.

[L12] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [L09] to [L11], wherein the outer edge of the recess has a circular shape.

[L13] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [L09] to [L11], wherein the outer edge of the recess has a rectangular shape.

[L14] The liquid crystal display device of [L13], wherein an angle formed by the outer edge of the concave portion of the rectangular shape and the extending direction of the convex portion is 90 degrees.

[L15] The liquid crystal display device of [L13], wherein an angle formed by the outer edge of the concave shape of the rectangular shape and the extending direction of the convex portion is an acute angle.

[L16] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [L9] to [L15], wherein the central portion of the recess constitutes a part of the contact hole.

[L17] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [L01] to [L16], wherein, when passing through the X-axis and the Y-axis of the center of the pixel, the plurality of concave and convex portions are included in the X-axis and the Y-axis Department and self-drying convex part The plurality of branch convex portions extending toward the peripheral portion of the pixel on the side.

[L18] The liquid crystal display device of [L17], wherein a plurality of branch convex portions occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with a direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, occupying a plurality of branch convex portions in the second quadrant The portion extends parallel to the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases. The plurality of branch convex portions of the four quadrants extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases.

[L19] "The 5C-3 Structure of the 1st Electrode"

A liquid crystal display device of [L18], wherein the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are mutually a state in which the staggered state is formed, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant are formed to be shifted from each other. a branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the second quadrant, and a branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, from the Y-axis The branch convex portion extending and occupying the third quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other.

[L20] The liquid crystal display device of [L19], wherein the formation pitch of the branch convex portion along the X axis is P _X , and the formation pitch of the branch convex portion along the Y axis is P _Y , from the X axis The upper convex portion extending and occupying the first quadrant and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2). The dry convex portion on the Y-axis extends and occupies the first quadrant of the branch convex portion, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant is formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2) a state in which the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the second quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant are shifted from each other (P _X /2) And forming, the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are shifted from each other (P _Y /2) Formed by the state.

[M01] "The 5th Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [C01] to [C08], wherein a recess is provided in the first electrode of the central region of the pixel.

[M02] The liquid crystal display device of [M01], wherein the recess is gradually narrowed toward the first substrate.

[M03] The liquid crystal display device of [M02], wherein the inclination angle of the depression is 5 to 60 degrees.

[M04] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [M01] to [M03], wherein the outer edge of the recess has a circular shape.

[M05] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [M01] to [M03], wherein the outer edge of the recess is rectangular in shape.

[M06] The liquid crystal display device of [M05], wherein an angle formed by the outer edge of the concave shape of the rectangular shape and the extending direction of the convex portion is 90 degrees.

[M07] The liquid crystal display device of [M05], wherein an angle formed by the outer edge of the concave portion of the rectangular shape and the extending direction of the convex portion is an acute angle.

[M08] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [M01] to [M07], wherein a central portion of the recess constitutes a part of the contact hole.

[M09] The liquid crystal display device of any one of [M01] to [M08], wherein, when passing through the X-axis and the Y-axis of the center of the pixel, the plurality of concave and convex portions are included in the X-axis and the Y-axis And a plurality of branch and convex portions extending from a side of the convex portion toward a peripheral portion of the pixel.

[M10] The liquid crystal display device of [M09], wherein a plurality of branch convex portions occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with a direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, occupying a plurality of branches and convexities of the second quadrant The portion extends parallel to the direction in which the value of the Y coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the plurality of branch convex portions occupying the third quadrant extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases. The plurality of branch convex portions of the four quadrants extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases.

[M11] "The 5th-3th structure of the 1st electrode"

a liquid crystal display device of [M10], wherein the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are mutually a state in which the staggered state is formed, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant are formed to be shifted from each other. a branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the second quadrant, and a branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, from the Y-axis The branch convex portion extending and occupying the third quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other.

[M12] The liquid crystal display device of [M11], wherein the formation pitch of the branch convex portion along the X axis is P _X , and the formation pitch of the branch convex portion along the Y axis is P _Y , from the X axis The upper convex portion extending and occupying the first quadrant and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2). The dry convex portion on the Y-axis extends and occupies the first quadrant of the branch convex portion, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant is formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2) a state in which a branch convex portion extending from the X-axis and occupying the second quadrant and a branch convex portion extending from the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant are shifted from each other (P _X /2) And forming, the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are shifted from each other (P _Y /2) Formed by the state.

[N01] "The 5E Structure of the 1st Electrode"

The liquid crystal display device of any one of [C01] to [C08], wherein, when passing through the X-axis and the Y-axis of the center of the pixel, the plurality of concave and convex portions include dry convex portions extending on the X-axis and the Y-axis, and a plurality of branch convex portions extending from a side of the dry convex portion toward a peripheral portion of the pixel, and a plurality of branch convex portions occupying the first quadrant extend in parallel with a direction in which the value of the X coordinate increases as the value of the X coordinate increases, occupying the first The plurality of branch convex portions of the two quadrants extend in parallel with the direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases when the value of the X coordinate decreases, and the value of the Y coordinate decreases when the value of the plurality of branch convex portions and the X coordinate occupying the third quadrant decreases. The direction extends in parallel, and a plurality of branch convex portions occupying the fourth quadrant extend in parallel with a direction in which the value of the X coordinate decreases as the value of the X coordinate increases, and extend from the dry convex portion on the X axis and occupy the first quadrant The branch convex portion and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the first quadrant, and a branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant is formed in a state of being shifted from each other, The dry convex portion on the X-axis extends and occupies the branch portion of the second quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant is formed in a state of being shifted from each other, and is dried from the Y-axis. The convex portion extending and occupying the third quadrant is formed in a state in which the convex portions extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are shifted from each other.

[N02] The liquid crystal display device of [N01], wherein the formation pitch of the branch convex portion along the X axis is P _X , and the formation pitch of the branch convex portion along the Y axis is P _Y , from the X axis The upper convex portion extending and occupying the first quadrant and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _X /2). The dry convex portion on the Y-axis extends and occupies the first quadrant of the branch convex portion, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the second quadrant is formed in a state of being shifted from each other (P _Y /2) a state in which the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the second quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the X-axis and occupying the third quadrant are shifted from each other (P _X /2) And forming, the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the third quadrant, and the branch convex portion extending from the dry convex portion on the Y-axis and occupying the fourth quadrant are shifted from each other (P _Y /2) Formed by the state.

10A, 10B, 10C‧‧ ‧ pixels

20‧‧‧1st substrate (TFT substrate)

21‧‧‧1st alignment film

40‧‧‧1st electrode (pixel electrode)

44‧‧‧1st alignment restriction (first slit)

50‧‧‧2nd substrate (CF substrate)

51‧‧‧2nd alignment film

60‧‧‧2nd electrode (opposite electrode)

70‧‧‧Liquid layer

71A, 71B, 71C‧‧‧ liquid crystal molecules

Claims (9)

A liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display element having a first alignment film and a second alignment film disposed on a facing surface side of a pair of substrates, and a liquid crystal layer disposed in the first alignment direction a liquid crystal molecule having a negative dielectric anisotropy between the film and the second alignment film; and at least the first alignment film includes a polymer compound having a first side chain and a second side chain to be crosslinked or polymerized or deformed a compound having a first side chain having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group or a photosensitive functional group, and the second side chain having a structure which induces dielectric anisotropy and having a structure for inducing a perpendicular alignment, liquid crystal molecule The pre-tilt is given by the first alignment film. A liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display element having a first alignment film and a second alignment film disposed on a facing surface side of a pair of substrates, and a liquid crystal layer disposed in the first alignment direction a liquid crystal molecule having a negative dielectric anisotropy between the film and the second alignment film; and at least the first alignment film includes a polymer compound having a first side chain and a second side chain to be crosslinked or polymerized or deformed In the compound, the first side chain has a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group or a photosensitive functional group, and the second side chain has an angle range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees from the long axis direction thereof. The dipole moment has a structure that induces vertical alignment, and the liquid crystal molecules are pretilted by the first alignment film. The liquid crystal display device of claim 1 or 2, wherein the second side chain contains a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CN, -OCF ₃ , -OCHF ₂ , -CF ₃ , -CHF ₂ , -CH ₂ F, -OCF ₂ Any of CHF ₂ or -OCF ₂ CHFCF ₃ . A liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display element having a first alignment film and a second alignment film disposed on a facing surface side of a pair of substrates, and a liquid crystal layer disposed in the first alignment direction a liquid crystal molecule having a negative dielectric anisotropy between the film and the second alignment film; and at least the first alignment film includes a polymer compound having a first side chain and a second side chain to be crosslinked or polymerized or deformed In the compound, the first side chain has a crosslinkable functional group, a polymerizable functional group or a photosensitive functional group, and the second side chain has the following structural formula (11), and the liquid crystal molecules are given a first alignment film. tilt, Here, (a) m and n are each independently 0 or 1, and (b) ring R independently represents a phenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group substituted by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, or a fluorine group. a cycloalkyl group substituted by an atom or a chlorine atom, (c) a ring X represents a phenyl or a cycloalkyl group, and (d) with respect to A ₄ , a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CN, -OCF ₃ , -OCHF ₂ a group consisting of -CF ₃ , -CHF ₂ , -CH ₂ F, -OCF ₂ CHF ₂ , and -OCF ₂ CHFCF ₃ is a first group, and is composed of a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. a group consisting of a fluorine-containing aromatic ring group, a fluorine-containing aliphatic ring group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic group containing the above is a second group, and among the fluorine-containing alkyl groups in the second group, Any -(CH ₂ )- which is not contiguous may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡ C-, a group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and a large cyclic group including the above is a group 3, wherein the alkane in the third group Any of the groups -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -C H=CH- or -C≡C-, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing aromatic ring group, a fluorine-containing aliphatic ring group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic ring containing the same The group consisting of the group is set to the fourth group, and among the fluorine-containing alkyl groups in the fourth group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO Further, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, and will be an alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and the like. The group consisting of the large cyclic groups is set to the fifth group, and among the alkyl groups in the fifth group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S- , -CO-, in addition, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, (d-1) when A ₁ , A ₂ , and A ₃ are all hydrogen atoms, And when m=1, n=0, or m=0, n=1, or m=n=1, A ₄ is one atom or group selected from the first group or the second group, (d- 2) When A ₃ is a hydrogen atom, and m=0, n=0, A ₄ is a group selected from the group 4, and (d-3) is at least one of A ₁ , A ₂ , and A ₃ is a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and m = 1, n = 0, or when m = 0, n = 1, or when m = n = 1, A ₄ is selected from a hydrogen atom, group 1 The second group and third group of one kind of atom or group, (d-4) when A ₃ is a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and m = 0, n = 0 when, A ₄ is selected from a hydrogen atom, group 1 One atom or group of the fourth group and the fifth group. The liquid crystal display device of claim 4, wherein the second side chain has the following structural formula (12): Here, (e) A ₀ represents an alkylene group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms. Base-ether group. The liquid crystal display device of claim 4, wherein the second side chain has the following structural formula (13): Here, (f-1)A ₀₁ represents a linear or branched divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the organic group has an ether group or an ester group, or is selected from an ether group. At least one of a group consisting of an ester, an ether ester, an acetal, a ketal, a hemiacetal, and a hemi-ketal, and (f-2) A ₀₂ is selected from the group consisting of chalcone, cinnamate, and cinnamon Bismuth, coumarin, maleimide, benzophenone, drop a group of a group consisting of a olefin, a sterol, and a chitosan, or a structure comprising any one of an acryl fluorenyl group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, a vinyl group, an epoxy group, and an oxetane A divalent group or an ethynyl group. A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, comprising the steps of: forming a first alignment film on one of a pair of substrates; and forming a second alignment film on the other of the pair of substrates, the first alignment film including a polymer compound containing a first side chain having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group and a second side chain; and then arranging the pair of substrates so that the first alignment film and the second alignment film face each other Sealing a liquid crystal layer containing liquid crystal molecules having negative dielectric anisotropy between the first alignment film and the second alignment film; and then, crosslinking or polymerizing the first side chain in the polymer compound to the liquid crystal The molecule imparts a pretilt; and the second side chain has a structure that induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure that induces vertical alignment, or the second side chain exceeds 0 degrees from its long axis direction and is less than 90 degrees. a dipole moment within an angular range and having a structure that induces vertical alignment, or the second side chain has the following structural formula (11), Here, (a) m and n are each independently 0 or 1, and (b) ring R independently represents a phenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group substituted by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, or a fluorine group. a cycloalkyl group substituted by an atom or a chlorine atom, (c) a ring X represents a phenyl or a cycloalkyl group, and (d) with respect to A ₄ , a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CN, -OCF ₃ , -OCHF ₂ a group consisting of -CF ₃ , -CHF ₂ , -CH ₂ F, -OCF ₂ CHF ₂ , and -OCF ₂ CHFCF ₃ is a first group, and is composed of a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. a group consisting of a fluorine-containing aromatic ring group, a fluorine-containing aliphatic ring group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic group containing the above is a second group, and among the fluorine-containing alkyl groups in the second group, Any -(CH ₂ )- which is not contiguous may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡ C-, a group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and a large cyclic group including the above is a group 3, wherein the alkane in the third group Any of the groups -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with - CH=CH- or -C≡C-, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing aromatic ring group, a fluorine-containing aliphatic ring group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic ring containing the same The group consisting of the group is set to the fourth group, and among the fluorine-containing alkyl groups in the fourth group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO Further, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, and will be an alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and the like. The group consisting of the large cyclic groups is set to the fifth group, and among the alkyl groups in the fifth group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S- , -CO-, in addition, any -(CH2)- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, (d-1) when A ₁ , A ₂ , and A ₃ are all hydrogen atoms, and When m=1, n=0, or m=0, n=1, or m=n=1, A ₄ is one atom or group selected from the first group or the second group, (d-2) When A ₃ is a hydrogen atom, and m=0, n=0, A ₄ is a group selected from the group 4, and (d-3) when at least one of A ₁ , A ₂ , and A ₃ is a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and m = 1, n = 0, or when m = 0, n = 1, or when m = n = 1, A ₄ is selected from a hydrogen atom, group 1 The second group and third group of one kind of atom or group, (d-4) when A ₃ is a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and m = 0, n = 0 when, A ₄ is selected from a hydrogen atom, group 1 One atom or group of the fourth group and the fifth group. A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, comprising the steps of: forming a first alignment film on one of a pair of substrates; and forming a second alignment film on the other of the pair of substrates, the first alignment film including a polymer compound containing a first side chain having a photosensitive functional group and a second side chain; and then, the pair of substrates are disposed so that the first alignment film and the second alignment film face each other, and the first alignment film is disposed on the first alignment film Sealing a liquid crystal layer containing liquid crystal molecules having negative dielectric anisotropy with the second alignment film; then, deforming the first side chain of the polymer compound to impart pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules; and the second side The chain has a structure that induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure that induces vertical alignment, or the second side chain has a dipole moment in an angular range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees from the long axis direction thereof, and A structure having induced vertical alignment, or the second side chain has the following structural formula (11), (a) m and n are each independently 0 or 1, and (b) ring R independently represents a phenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group substituted by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, or a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. Atom-substituted cycloalkyl, (c) ring X represents a phenyl or cycloalkyl group, (d) with respect to A ₄ , will be a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CN, -OCF ₃ , -OCHF ₂ , -CF ₃ , -CHF ₂ , -CH ₂ F, -OCF ₂ CHF ₂ , and -OCF ₂ CHFCF ₃ are grouped into the first group, and are composed of a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and a fluorine-containing aromatic ring. The group consisting of a fluorine-containing aliphatic ring group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic group containing the same is a second group in which the fluorine-containing alkyl group in the second group is not adjacent. Any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and optionally, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, a group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic group including the above is a third group, wherein among the alkyl groups in the third group, Any -(CH ₂ )- which is not contiguous may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, which is composed of a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing aromatic ring group, a fluorine-containing aliphatic ring group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic group containing the same The group is set to the fourth group, and among the fluorine-containing alkyl groups in the fourth group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S-, or -CO-, and optionally -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted by -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, which will be an alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic ring containing the same The group consisting of the group is set to the fifth group, and among the alkyl groups in the fifth group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, Further, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, (d-1) when A ₁ , A ₂ , and A ₃ are each a hydrogen atom, and m=1, When n=0, or m=0, n=1, or m=n=1, A ₄ is one atom or group selected from the first group or the second group, and (d-2) is A ₃ a hydrogen atom, and when m=0, n=0, A ₄ is a group selected from the group 4, and (d-3) when at least one of A ₁ , A ₂ , and A ₃ is a fluorine atom or chlorine. atoms, and m = 1, n = 0, or when m = 0, n = 1, or when m = n = 1, A ₄ is selected from a hydrogen atom, a first group, the second And a third group of one kind of atom or group, (d-4) when A ₃ is a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and m = 0, n = 0 when, A ₄ is selected from a hydrogen atom, the first group, 4 A group or a group of atoms or groups of the fifth group. A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, comprising the steps of: forming a first alignment film on one of a pair of substrates; and forming a second alignment film on the other of the pair of substrates, the first alignment film including a polymer compound containing a first side chain having a crosslinkable functional group or a photosensitive functional group and a second side chain; and then arranging the pair of substrates so that the first alignment film and the second alignment film face each other Sealing a liquid crystal layer containing liquid crystal molecules having negative dielectric anisotropy between the first alignment film and the second alignment film; and then irradiating the polymer compound with an energy ray to impart pretilt to the liquid crystal molecules; and The side chain has a structure that induces dielectric anisotropy and has a structure that induces vertical alignment, or the second side chain has a dipole moment in an angular range of more than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees from the long axis direction thereof. And having a structure for inducing vertical alignment, or the second side chain has the following structural formula (11), Here, (a) m and n are each independently 0 or 1, and (b) the ring R independently represents a phenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group substituted by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, or a fluorine group. a cycloalkyl group substituted by an atom or a chlorine atom, (c) a ring X represents a phenyl or a cycloalkyl group, and (d) with respect to A ₄ , a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, -CN, -OCF ₃ , -OCHF ₂ a group consisting of -CF ₃ , -CHF ₂ , -CH ₂ F, -OCF ₂ CHF ₂ , and -OCF ₂ CHFCF ₃ is a first group, and is composed of a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. a group consisting of a fluorine-containing aromatic ring group, a fluorine-containing aliphatic ring group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic group containing the above is a second group, and among the fluorine-containing alkyl groups in the second group, Any -(CH ₂ )- which is not contiguous may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡ C-, a group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and a large cyclic group including the above is a group 3, wherein the alkane in the third group Any of the groups -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO-, and any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with - CH=CH- or -C≡C-, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing aromatic ring group, a fluorine-containing aliphatic ring group, a fluorine-containing heterocyclic group, and a macrocyclic ring containing the same The group consisting of the group is set to the fourth group, and among the fluorine-containing alkyl groups in the fourth group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S-, -CO Further, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, and will be an alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, an aliphatic cyclic group, a heterocyclic group, and the like. The group consisting of the large cyclic groups is set to the fifth group, and among the alkyl groups in the fifth group, any -(CH ₂ )- which is not adjacent may be substituted with -O-, -S- , -CO-, in addition, any -(CH ₂ )- may be substituted with -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, (d-1) when A ₁ , A ₂ , and A ₃ are all hydrogen atoms, And when m=1, n=0, or m=0, n=1, or m=n=1, A ₄ is one atom or group selected from the first group or the second group, (d- 2) When A ₃ is a hydrogen atom, and m=0, n=0, A ₄ is a group selected from the group 4, and (d-3) is at least one of A ₁ , A ₂ , and A ₃ is a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and m = 1, n = 0, or when m = 0, n = 1, or when m = n = 1, A ₄ is selected from a hydrogen atom, 1 , Second group and third group of one kind of atom or group, (d-4) when A ₃ is a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and m = 0, n = 0 when, A ₄ is selected from a hydrogen atom, 1 One atom or group of the fourth group and the fifth group.